Directorate Of Micro Small And Medium Enterprises Tender
With BidAssist, you can search for multiple business options for RWD Bihar tenders, RCD Bihar tenders, and any other e tender Bihar government is inviting bids for. Such Bihar tenders are posted on the eprocurement Bihar website, and on this page, you will get consolidated lists of Bihar tenders that can be sorted based on authority, department, city, and more.
Costs
EMD
₹ 1,90,00,000Document Cost
Refer DocumentsTender Fee
Refer Documents
Summary
Construction Of New Technology Centre At Patna
Description
Scription for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user this is tender description for unregistered user
Contact
Tender Id
2019_DCMSM_520396_1Bid Award Id
ViewTender No
AB-30028/50/2019/AB/Section II-DCMSME/TC-PatnaTender Authority
Directorate Of Micro Small And Medium Enterprises ViewPurchaser Address
-Website
http://https://dcmsme.gov.in/
GEM & Bid Advisory Services
Get portal registration, tender bidding, product/service listing or vendor/MSME certification services at a nominal cost
Documents
Annexure III- Building Work Specifications
Annexure II- Technical schedule to be filled by Contractor
BOQ Items
Section-VII: Works Requirement shall be read along with BOQ for scope, mode of measurements and other conditions.
-
-
-
Contractor shall provide and maintain Field Laboratory in a satisfactory manner till the completion of work to ensure site control on quality of materials and the works and shall strictly comply with provision of Indian/ International Standards at no extra cost. All other regular tests including requisite materials shall be carried out as directed either at approved laboratory or at site at no extra cost.
-
-
-
The dimensions shown in the drawings shall have to be verified by the contractor at site before execution of the items and necessary allowance's have to be made as per the actual dimensions available at site.
-
-
-
The quantity and rates mentioned in the Bill of Quantities shall be applicable anywhere in the MSME-Patna premises.
-
-
-
All pre-fabrication works wherever possible shall be carried outside the Employer's premises, only assembling and finishing work will be allowed within the Site.
-
-
-
Items of work provided in this schedule but not covered in the specifications shall be executed strictly as per instructions of the Project Manager.
-
-
-
Unless specifically mentioned in the contract document, the tenderer shall quote for the finished items and shall provide for the complete cost towards labour, materials, plant and machinery, operational costs, necessary seafty measures, levies, taxes, royalty, octroi / LBT transport, repairs, rectification, maintenance till handing over to Owner, revenue expenses, contingencies, overheads, profits and all incidental items not specifically mentioned but reasonably implied and necessary to complete the works according to the contract.
-
-
-
The quantities of the various items mentioned in the schedule of items are approximate and may vary up to any extent or may not be executed altogether. The quoted rates of each item shall remain firm as long as mentioned in the conditions under this contract. The contractor, in his own interest, should get an indication of the probable extent of the work to be executed under any particular item in this schedule, before undertaking any preliminary and enabling work or purchasing bought out components related to the work.
-
-
-
Project Manager's decisions shall be final and binding on the contractor regarding clarifications of items in this schedule with respect to the other sections / parts of the Contract.
-
-
-
The rates quoted shall be inclusive of all mock-ups, associated samples prior to any mass production or procurement as per complete satisfaction of the Project Manager including dismantling, demolishing and carting away the material and making good of the surface.
-
-
-
The rate to include barricading the ducts, openings, if any, by providing 20 gauge MS/Aluminium Jalli at those locations.
-
-
-
Any fault that occurs during the time of production, shifting or installation of finished materials, the same should be replaced with good one as per the instruction from Project Manager.
-
-
-
For pile boring, Direct mud circulation (DMC) or Bailer and chisel technique has been considered in BOQ.
If any other approved method is used by contractor, the same shall not be paid extra and shall be paid as per the item rates of DMC or Bailer and chisel technique method only.
-
-
-
If any item to be executed is not present in the specific section but available in other section of BOQ, then same item from other section shall be operated. No extra shall be paid under these circumstances.
-
-
-
Unless otherwise explicitly mentioned, Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) shall be used.
-
-
-
The abbreviations used in the Specification and Bill of Quantities shall be read as follows :
-
-
-
INR :- Indian Rupees
-
-
-
IS :- Indian Standard
-
-
-
IRC : - Indian Road Congress
-
-
-
EIC :- Engineer In Charge
-
-
-
A.S.T.M :- American Society for Testing and Materials
-
-
-
A.W.S :- American Welding Society
-
-
-
MM or mm :- Millimetre /s
-
-
-
CM & cm :- Centimetre /s
-
-
-
RM (rm) / RMT (Rmt) / m :- Running metre /s
-
-
-
KG (kg) :- Kilogram /s
-
-
-
Tonne/t/M.T. :- Metric ton/s (1000 Kilogram's)
-
-
-
Dia./ dia. :- Diameter
-
-
-
Sq.m. / sqm :- Square metre
-
-
-
Cu.m / cum :- Cubic metre
-
-
-
Cu.Ft.:- Cubic feet
-
-
-
Lit., L :- Liters
-
-
-
No.:- Number/s
-
-
-
Qty.:- Quantity
-
-
-
L.S :- Lump sum.
-
-
-
Drg.No. :- Drawing number
-
-
-
PCC:- Plain Cement Concrete
-
-
-
RCC:- Reinforced cement concrete
-
-
-
HSD:- High Yield strength Deformed bars.
-
-
-
M.S. / MS :- Mild Steel
-
-
-
CRS:- Corrosion resistance steel.
-
-
-
CTD:- Cold Twisted Deformed steel.
-
-
-
TMT :- Thermo Mechanically Treated Bars
-
-
-
EXCAVATION
-
-
-
Rate shall include the Clearing and Grubbing of the fill area including, removal of shrubs, plants and stumps, disposal of rubbish / excavated stuff to contractor's own disposal area, watering, compaction etc. complte.
-
-
-
The rate for excavation shall include carting away the debris, pieces of rock, earth etc. to the dumping ground for all lifts and leads (Inside the premises as per the instruction or Outside the site premises with the permission / NOC of local statutory authority.)
-
-
-
The rates shall include all kinds of dewatering with approved means and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge, including disposing off of the water as directed.
-
-
-
All excavation and backfiling shall be measured net. All type of excavation and backfilling shall be measured upto P.C.C. line only. The Contractor shall excavate additional minimum 600 mm on all directions, beyond PCC line, to facilitate working allowence for the works like waterproofing, painting etc as per IS 1200 (Part 1) - 1992, clause 4.2.5.1. No extra payment shall be made towards this additional excavation.
-
-
-
The rate for excavation shall include for shoring the sides or trenches with approved timber/steel accessories wherever necessary to prevent the sides from falling including bailing or pumping out of water (natuarally occurring water met with while excavating the pits) if found necessary. If there are any shrubs, bushes, trees etc., are to be removed, roots of the trees should be removed for minimum depth 1.5m. All these materials shall be neatly stacked at site and to be handed over to the Employer.
-
-
-
Boulders which may be encountered in the excavations and which can be removed by crow bars/bucket of poclain excavator from the parent-matrix shall be removed and shall form part of this item and no separate payment shall be made towards the same.
-
-
-
Contour level to be taken jointly before starting any excavation/ filling at every 3 / 5 meter grids.
-
-
-
Should contractor excavate to a greater depth or width than shown on the drawing or instructed by Project Manager, the contractor shall fill the same at his own expense in such greater depth or width of excavation with Plum concrete as described for foundation by Project Manager and no separate payment shall be made towards the same.
-
-
-
Tree cutting and disposing of the trees (if any) to be done as per Project Manager's instructions.
-
-
-
The excavated material,as directed by Project Manager, shall be retained at the locations within the site or disposed off outside the plot boundry in the approved dump yard of Local Municipal Authority or any other place. The rate of excavation includes cost of all necessary licences, Royalty charges and permissions from appropriate authorities and the owner for the disposing the unsuitable earth/material.
-
-
-
Contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensure that the temporary soil retention system (touching piles, diaphragm wall or any other shoring system) is not damaged or disturbed during the excavation activity. In case any damages occurred, the Contractor shall make good such damages during the progress of the work at his own cost.
-
-
-
The final approved founding strata shall be left absolutely clean by removing loose, slushy soil, murrum and weathered rocks with necessary tools & tackles, cleaning the surface by wire brush and carting away the debris, dewatering to keep site dry at all times till laying and curing of PCC etc. are all complete to the approval of Project Manager.
-
-
-
The rate of excavation are inclusive of providing and maintaining in good condition, barricadding all along excavated pits with minimum 75 mm dia bullies of 2 m height with signes of DANGER on it.
-
-
-
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
-
-
-
The items mentioned in the Price Schedule / BOQ are applicable to any part, any structural / civil component to be constructed under this scope and contract and the same are not limited to buildings only.
-
-
-
No additional payment shall be made for extra cement usage in the design mix for concrete from batching plant at site.
-
-
-
All concrete shall be machine mixed and machine vibrated.
-
-
-
All concrete shall be controlled Mix Concrete.
-
-
-
The rates shall be inclusive of everything necessary required for delayed pour.
-
-
-
For shuttering, all props shall be adjustable steel props
-
-
-
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
-
-
-
Contractor shall carryout Die penetration Tests on 10% of total fabricated structural steel to ensure weld quality.
-
-
-
DEMOLITION AND DISMANTLING WORKS
-
-
-
Demolished materials shall be segregated based on their type and shall be used within the site for various purposes such as filling in landscape mounds, backfilling, reusing steel reinforcement for non structural works such as curbing etc. Rest of the segregated debris shall be sold for backfilling/ any other reuse offsite. Contractor shall produce the challans of the debris sold out offsite.
-
-
-
While carying out demolition / dismantling works and disposing off the debris, special due care shall be taken towards safety. The owner and the consultants shall be indemnified from all liabilities.
-
-
-
MASONRY
-
-
-
Rates quoted for all items shall include the cost of the following :
-
-
-
a) All scaffolding, ladders, platforms, staging and plant required in the execution of work to any height and depth
-
-
-
b) Hacking and Roughening of concrete or other surface in contact with masonry for bond.
-
-
-
c) Raking cut joints to 12mm depth for plastering and pointing
-
-
-
d) Levelling up and preparing top of masonry for Damp proof course
-
-
-
e) Hold fasts, bolts and such other inserts as directed by the Project manager
-
-
-
f) Keeping the masonry work well wetted for two weeks or as directed by the Project manager
-
-
-
g) Work at all heights, levels, depths, unless otherwise specified
-
-
-
h) Providing through bond stones at every 1.0 m apart in each coarse in stone masonry
-
-
-
i) Curved, straight and inclined masonry works
-
-
-
j) Soaking of bricks in water for minimum period of 60 minutes so that the entire brick is soaked in water
-
-
-
k) Cost of all materials, transport to site and labour
-
-
-
l) An pipe fittings and specials, spouts, hold fasts and other fixtures which are required to be built into the walls shall be embedded, as specified, in their correct position as the work proceeds unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
-
-
-
m) Building in ends of beams, joists, slabs, lintels, sills, trusses etc..,
-
-
-
n) Stones used for UCR masonry shall be granite trap and/or basalt unless otherwise specified
-
-
-
o) Provision to be made for cut-outs (Openings for sanitary, electrical, fire fighting or any other services) and after completion of the services work, all the cut-outs and openings to be made good, matching the surroundings
-
-
-
p) Solid / Hollow block shall conform to IS : 2185.
-
-
-
PLASTER AND FINISHING
-
-
-
The Plaster shall be of sufficient thickness to fill up all undulations in the surfaces of masonry and to provide a true surface for wall/ceiling plaster. Special care shall be taken to soak the walls before applying the plaster and finishing the surface of plaster to ensure uniform texture and free from air cracks. Before starting the work sufficient Number of button marks shall be done to plumb and level to achieve uniform finish.
-
-
-
All External Windows shall be finished to slope outwards and not less than 1 in 48. The exterior shall be finished as per sample approved, by wooden float but the interior shall be as per sample finished smooth.
-
-
-
The contractor shall make good all the grooves, pockets etc. after the scaffolding is removed.
-
-
-
The rate for all types of plaster given below should be inclusive of the following items
-
-
-
a) Forming of drip mould/ bands, grooves of sizes as required etc,.wherever grooves are to be provided horizontally/ vertically for in accordance with the drawings.
-
-
-
b) Cost of All material and labour
-
-
-
c) Hacking concrete surfaces to be plastered or rendered
-
-
-
d) Preparation of surfaces by raking out joints, wetting the surface etc.,
-
-
-
e) Work at all heights, levels and situations.
-
-
-
f) Washing floors, cleaning glass and leaving premises clean and tidy after the plastering is done. Disposing off the debris outside the site
-
-
-
g) Curing of the plaster works.
-
-
-
h) Providing necessary scaffolding, ladder, platform for any height and depth and removing the same after the work is completed.
-
-
-
i) Neat finishing of junctions of plaster and skirting
-
-
-
j) Screening and washing approved fine aggregates
-
-
-
PAINTING / FINISHING
-
-
-
Paint shall be applied as per the specification and to Manufacturer’s specification and instructions.
-
-
-
The quoted rate shall include curing, protecting the painted surface and adjacent work, and thoroughly cleaning of the premises.
-
-
-
Paint shall be ready mixed and of premium quality of the approved brand and manufacturer. The paint shall generally conform to the chemical composition and other characteristics laid down in the relevant Indian standard specification. It is desired that materials of one manufacturer only shall be used as far as possible and paint of one shade be obtained from the same manufacturing batch. All paints shall be subjected to analysis from random samples taken at site from the painter’s bucket, if so desired. Any materials found not conforming to the relevant specification shall have to be removed by the Contractor from the site at no extra cost.
-
-
-
All primer coats shall be compatible to the material of the surface to be finished as well as to the finishing coats to be applied.
-
-
-
All coats shall be thoroughly dry before being sand papered or before the succeeding coat is applied. Coats of painting as specified are intended to cover surfaces perfectly. In case the surface is not covered properly by applying the specified number of coats, further coats shall be applied by the Contractor when so directed by the Project Manager at no extra cost.
-
-
-
Painting shall be done by skilled labourers in a workman like manner. All materials shall be evenly applied so as to be free from sags, runs, crawls, or other defects. All coats shall be of proper consistency and shall be well brushed out, so that no brush marks are visible, except varnish and enamels which shall be uniformly flowed on. The brushes shall be clean and in good condition before application of paint.
-
-
-
Net surface area of the painting/ finishing works shall be measured for the payment. No any painting coefficient shall be applicable for any type of paint.
-
-
-
The rate to include the following:
-
-
-
a) All surface preparation, suitable number of base coats required, primers and suitable finishing to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge.
-
-
-
b) Scaffolding and all leads and lifts
-
-
-
c) Proper curing in between the two subsequent coats
-
-
-
d) Touch ups to the paint after the scaffolding is removed
-
-
-
e) Minimum Guarantee of TEN Years for all external paints on requisite stamp paper
-
-
-
f) Any splash or spray of paint shall be removed immediately after painting work. All doors and windows or any other area which is not to be painted shall be protected by suitable tape with paper. All this material shall be removed disposed without damaging the painted surface.
-
-
-
LANDSCAPING
-
-
-
The Contractor will have to provide the following items at no extra cost to Employer:
-
-
-
The Contractor will supply and install 3.0 metres high barricades for safeguarding landscape development area and works, as indicated in the drawing. He may also install the barricades in the landscape development area according to his own understanding if he feels that any part of the landscape area is bound to be damaged for any reason, after taking prior permission from the Employer/ Employer’s Representative.
-
-
-
The Contractor will supply, install and maintain at his own cost, the watering system for the landscape, which will take care of the requirement for particular plants, save water and does not waste water, including any requirements specified by the Landscape Architect appointed by contractor. He will give full details of the layout, size of the pipe with watering attachment hose details. All equipment must conform to international standards and / or Indian Standards if available. The design of the irrigation system has to be approved by Employer/ Employer’s representative.
-
-
-
All equipment required for development shall be made available by Contractor, and its maintenance shall be his responsibility. This includes Tagara, Phawdas, Hose Pipes, Ground Roller, Manual and/or Electric lawn Mowers, Sprinklers, etc.
-
-
-
Contractor will ensure that all plants remain free of diseases, pests, etc during development and maintenance periods. The contractor shall, without any additional charge renew any dead or defective plant material and shall fully maintain including watering, de-weeding etc. of the whole landscape as mentioned above.
-
-
-
The Contractor shall maintain Nursery at his own cost at designated locations as shown in the drawing or at a suitable location within the plot as directed by Employer/ Employer's Representative. The Nursery will be fenced with gates for protection from cattle. The area of Nursery will be approximately 5000sqm. The item would include construction and maintenance of Green Houses if required.
-
-
-
Contractor shall follow pre construction and during construction soil erosion control measures as per the NBC Part 10, section 1, Chapter 4 – Protection of Landscape during Construction.
-
-
-
The contractor in co-ordination with the Employer as applicable shall ensure conservation and storage of top soil: Topsoil shall be stripped to a depth of 200 mm from areas proposed to be occupied by buildings, roads, paved areas and external services. It shall be stockpiled to a height of 400 mm in designated areas and shall be re-applied to site during plantation of the proposed vegetation. Topsoil shall be separated from sub-soil debris and stones larger than 50 mm diameter. The stored topsoil may be used as finished grade for planting areas. It is the landscape contractor’s responsibility to conserve top soil that is not disturbed by the civil contractor.
-
-
-
The Contractor shall:
-
-
-
I. Furnish the source of top soil to Employer/ Employer’s Representative.
II. Study the soil report provided with the tender document, providing soil details such as pH, alkalinity, total soluble salts, porosity, sodium content and organic matter. Ref. Soil Test Report
III. Use the restored soil at site for landscape purpose, manure mixture, Neemcake, weedicide shall be added if required.
IV. Not consider any external soil source unless the existing soil conserved from site is lacking in quality and/or quantity.
-
-
-
Soil Analysis for Top Soil fertility determination
-
-
-
To determine the fertility of top soil for conservation, soil investigation shall be carried out by an NABL accredited laboratory. Adequate number of test samples of soil from a depth of 10-200mm below ground level shall be collected from at least 5 representative locations from site, preserved and transported (as per standard procedures specified by the laboratory) carefully to the laboratory for carrying out necessary tests. All relevant Indian Standards for sampling and conducting laboratory tests shall be followed. This soil samples shall be analyzed to determine soil type, texture, total organic content, pH, extractable nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, salinity, cation exchange capacity, % base saturation and extractable heavy metals. The soil analysis report from the laboratory shall also include a statement on the fertility and suitability of the soil for plant growth based on the analysis, in addition to the test results.
-
-
-
Top Soil conservation
-
-
-
Topsoil shall be removed for conservation to a depth of 200 mm (not more than 400 mm) and shall be separated from subsoil debris and stones larger than 50 mm diameter. It shall be stockpiled to a height of 400 mm in designated areas. The stockpiled topsoil shall be protected from erosion during storage by installing earthern berms/solid walls, temporary seeding (using native grass), covering with mulch or plastic, etc. The topsoil shall be protected with sand bags/solid walled enclosures (2 feet high) on all sides for containment. Appropriate drainage channels shall be dug around the storage area to prevent flooding of the top soil storage area. The top soil shall be reapplied to site during plantation of the proposed vegetation as finished grade for planting areas. Seeding will take place immediately after respreading topsoil and decompacting, unless timing is inappropriate (for e.g., not in mid-summer).
-
-
-
The contractor to identify erosion prone areas on site and protect them from construction activities throughout the construction period. Prevent / mitigate the disturbances caused to site due to construction activity.
-
-
-
The contractor shall execute a sedimentation and erosion control plan that conforms to the best management practices highlighted in the National Building Codes of India (NBC) Part 10, section 1, Chapter 4 – Protection of Landscape during Construction. This standard describes two types of measures that can be used to control sedimentation and erosion. Stabilization measures include temporary seeding, permanent seeding and mulching. Structural control measures include earth dikes, silt fence, sediment trap, and sediment basin. All of these measures are intended to stabilize the soil to prevent erosion.
-
-
-
The erosion and sedimentation control plan must be approved by Employer/ Employer’s Representative and the erosion sedimentation control plan must be maintained throughout the execution period.
-
-
-
The contractor shall execute measures of protection and preservation of existing landscape on site during entire construction time.
-
-
-
Design, execute and maintain a temporary storm water management layout for the duration of construction activity. The storm water management layout should conform to National Building Codes of India (NBC) Part 10, section 1, chapter 4 – Protection of Landscape during Construction.
-
-
-
Contractor should take measures to prevent entry of any soluble/ insoluble construction waste to enter the water table/ water ways/ ravines on site.
-
-
-
1) ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
-
-
-
1.1) PLASTER WORKS
-
-
-
1.1.1) External Wall Plaster
-
-
-
18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) and a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished rough with sponge.
23655
-
-
1.1.2) Internal Wall Plaster
-
-
-
1.1.2.1) 12 mm cement plaster of mix 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand)
36816
-
-
1.1.3) Cement Putty
-
-
-
Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete.
36816
-
-
1.1.4) Forming groove of uniform size from 10 to 15mm x 6 mm (one even size) in plastered surface as per approved pattern using wooden battens, nailed to the under layer including removal of wooden/ PVC battens, repairs to the edges of plaster panel and finishing the groove complete as per specifications and direction of the Engineer.
8000
-
-
1.1.5) Ceiling Plaster
-
-
-
6 mm cement plaster of 1:3 of Mix 1:3 (1 Cement:3 fine sand)
12796
-
-
1.1.6) Providing & Fixing chicken wire mesh / wired fabric (12.5mm x 24 SWG) in strips of 200 mm widths or as required over junctions between concrete & brick / block masonry at all heights and locations prior to plastering including drilling, nailing etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
5670
-
-
1.1.7) Extra for providing and mixing water proofing material in cement plaster work in proportion recommended by the manufacturers
1800
-
-
1.1.8) Extra for plastering on circular work not exceeding 6 m in radius
-
-
-
1.1.8.1) In two coats
400
-
-
1.2) FLOORING, SKIRTING AND DADO WORKS
-
-
-
1.2.1) Kota Flooring
-
-
-
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) :
25mm thick
4535
-
-
1.2.2) Kota stone Tread Risers
-
-
-
Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing, including pre finished nosing in treads of steps of Kota stone complete.
1334
-
-
1.2.3) Marble Stone Flooring
-
-
-
Marble stone flooring with 18 mm thick marble stone, as per sample of marble approved by Engineer-in-charge, over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry, including rubbing and polishing complete with :
-
-
-
Udaipur green marble
71
-
-
1.2.4) Granite Stone Flooring
-
-
-
Providing and laying Polished Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building all complete as per the architectural drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Polished Granite stone slab jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent
4027
-
-
1.2.5) Granite Stone Tread Risers
-
-
-
Providing and laying Polished Granite stone flooring in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing , curing and polishing ,including prefinished nosing in treads of steps & using single length up to 2.00 metre. Etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Polished Granite stone slab jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent
370
-
-
1.2.6) Granite stone Wall Cladding
-
-
-
Stone tile (polished) work for wall lining over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing in white cement complete.
8mm thick Granite of any colour and shade
12
-
-
1.2.7) Vitrified Tile Flooring
-
-
-
Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/ sqm including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete.
-
-
-
Size of Tile 600x600 mm
2708
-
-
1.2.8) Ceramic Tile Dado
-
-
-
Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete.
3932
-
-
1.2.9) Access/ False Floor
-
-
-
Providing and fixing removable raised/false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50 mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of :
-
-
-
a) Providing at required spacing to form modular framework, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25 mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mm x 75mm x 3.5 mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two GI Check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug.
-
-
-
b) S tringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestal head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-incharge.
-
-
-
c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled Steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of Steel Gauges: top 0.6 mm and bottom 0.7 mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyrogrip non-combustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight foaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 0.75mm.The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm x 25mm without collapse in the centre of the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1250 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.
-
-
-
450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH).
51
-
-
1.2.10) Wooden Flooring
-
-
-
25 mm wooden planking, tongued and grooved in flooring, including fixing with iron screws, polishing complete with :
-
-
-
Second class teak wood
95
-
-
1.2.11) Granite Kitchen/ Basin Platforms
-
-
-
Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.
Granite of any colour and shade:
-
-
-
Area of slab over 0.50 sqm
596
-
-
1.2.12) Granite Facia/drops
-
-
-
Extra for fixing marble /granite stone, over and above corresponding basic item, in facia and drops of width upto 150 mm with epoxy resin based adhesive, including cleaning etc. complete.
287
-
-
1.2.13) Extra For cutout for Sink
-
-
-
Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter and similar location in marble/ Granite/stone work, including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete.
19
-
-
1.2.14) Urinal Partitions
-
-
-
Providing and fixing stone slab with table rubbed, edges rounded and polished, of size 75x50 cm deep and 1.8 cm thick, fixed in urinal partitions by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase cutter and embedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout or with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and finished smooth.
-
-
-
Granite Stone of approved shade
33
-
-
1.2.15) Epoxy Flooring
-
-
-
Providing and applying antifungal self levelling 3mm EPU ( epoxy-polyurethane) toping system including coving at floor wall junction, necessary surface preparation by cleaning and de-dusting. The System shall be executed in three stages, firstly by applying a solvent free epoxy primer which has a volumetric ratio of mixing @ 200 microns dft, then laying 1.8mm self levelling epoxy based screed and finally applying a solvent free EPU ( epoxy-polyurethane), self levelling coating to yield a dft of 1000 microns. The EPU coating shall be a two component with volumetric ratio of mixing. No fillers shall be added at the site while laying the self levelling EPU including Aisle or zone marking in different colours etc. complete as directed & approved by Engineer In-Charge.
1050
-
-
1.3) PAINTING WORKS
-
-
-
1.3.1) OBD
-
-
-
Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :
-
-
-
New work (two or more coats) over and including water tinnable priming coat with cement primer
19510
-
-
1.3.2) Premium Acrylic Emulsion Paint
-
-
-
Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 50 grams/ litre of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour.
-
-
-
Two coats
27347
-
-
1.3.3) Synthetic Enamel Paint ( Low VOC)
-
-
-
Painting with synthetic enamel paint, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 150 grams/ litre, of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour.
-
-
-
Two coats
248
-
-
1.3.4) Weatherproof Exterior Paint
-
-
-
Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint with Silicone additives of required shade :
-
-
-
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/ 10 sqm over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/ 10 sqm)
23501
-
-
1.3.5) Textured Paint
-
-
-
Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade :
-
-
-
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm) over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/ 10 sqm
148
-
-
1.3.6) Cement Paint
-
-
-
Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of required shade :
-
-
-
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.84 kg/10sqm)
135
-
-
1.3.7) Epoxy Paint
-
-
-
Finishing with Epoxy paint (two or more coats) at all locations prepared and applied as per manufacturer’s specifications including appropriate priming coat, preparation of surface, etc. complete.
-
-
-
On steel work
324
-
-
1.3.8) Applying priming coats with primer of approved brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content.
-
-
-
1.3.8.1) With water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having VOC content less than 50 grams/litre
25847
-
-
1.3.8.2) With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromatic on steel / iron works having VOC content less than 250 grams/litre
324
-
-
1.3.8.3) With ready mixed pink or grey primer on wood work (hard and soft wood) having VOC content less than 50 grams/ litre
46
-
-
1.4) FALSE CEILING, PARTITION, WALL LINING ETC.
-
-
-
1.4.1) 12.5 mm Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board
-
-
-
Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c,
486
-
-
including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification and also including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cut-outs made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with :
12.5 mm thick tapered edge Glass Reinforced Gypsum (GRG) board conforming to IS: 2095- (Part 3) : 1996 (Board with BIS certification marks)
-
-
-
1.4.2) PVC Laminated Gypsum Tiles
-
-
-
Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of specified materials of size 595x595 mm in true horizontal level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel sections ( galvanized @ 120 grams/ sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of main "T" runner with suitably spaced joints to get required length and of size 24x38 mm made from 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200 mm center to center and cross "T" of size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long spaced between main "T" at 600 mm center to center to form a grid of 1200x600 mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600 mm and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of the 1200x600 mm panel to form grids of 600x600 mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and laying false ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid including, required cutting/making, opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T" runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm spaced at 1200 mm center to center along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be pre-painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
2660
-
-
12.5 mm thick square edge PVC Laminated Gypsum Tile of size 595x595 mm, made of Gypsum plasterboard, manufactured from natural gypsum as per IS 2095 part I and laminated with white 0.16mm thick fire retardant PVC film on the face side and 12micron metalized polyester on the back side with all edges sealed with the face side PVC film which goes around and wraps the edges and is bonded to the edges and the back side metalized polyester film so as to make the tile a completely sealed unit.
-
-
-
1.4.3) Wall Wooden Panelling
-
-
-
Providing and fixing plywood 4 mm thick, one side decorative veneer conforming to IS: 1328 (type-1), for plain lining / cladding with necessary screws, including priming coat on unexposed surface with :
-
-
-
Decorative veneer facings of approved manufacture
149
-
-
1.4.4) wooden Frame Work for Panelling
-
-
-
Providing and fixing specified wood frame work consisting of battens 50x25mm fixed with rawl plug and drilling necessary holes for rawl plug etc. including priming coat complete.
-
-
-
Kiln seasoned and chemically treated hollock wood
2
-
-
1.4.5) Providing , fabricating ,assembling,& fixing in position aluminium partitions
-
-
-
1.4.5.1) Alu. Framing for Partitions
-
-
-
Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / panelling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, panelling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) , Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron)
486
-
-
1.4.5.2) Alu. Framing for Doors
-
-
-
For shutters of doors, including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately).
Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron)
230
-
-
1.4.5.3) Glazing in partition & Doors
-
-
-
Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge . (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item).
127
-
-
1.4.5.4) Prelaminated Particle Board
-
-
-
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board conforming to IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling bottom fixed in aluminium doors, windows shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc. complete as per architectural drawings and directions of engineer-in-charge.
Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both sides
64
-
-
1.4.5.5) Hydraulic Floor Spring for Doors
-
-
-
Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved brand and manufacture conforming to IS : 6315, having brand logo embossed on the body / plate with double spring mechanism and door weight upto 125 kg, for doors, including cost of cutting floors, embedding in floors as required and making good the same matching to the existing floor finishing and cover plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge: with stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm thickness
16
-
-
1.4.6) Modular toilet Partitions: Providing & fixing in position 12mm thick High Pressure laminated Toilet cubicles of Size 1100mm(w)X1500mm(L)x 2100mm(Ht),door size 610mm(w)X1925mm( Ht) with SS legs including all necessary hardware's of SS304 & SS door nob, SS privacy thumb, SS Coat Hook, Door Stopper.
55
-
-
1.4.7) Providing and fixing flat pressed 3 layer medium density particle board or graded particle board (Grade I) IS: 3087 marked, in ceiling with necessary nails etc. complete (frame work to be paid separately):12mm thick
80
-
-
1.4.8) Providing and applying melamine polish of any finish with wooden base primer of approved make for wooden surfaces as per manufacturer's specification and as per drawing and as directed by Engineer. Sample shall approved by Engineers. Actual applied area of polishing. Item shall be for Wooden Ceiling work only.
80
-
-
1.4.9) Providing wood work in frames of false ceiling, partitions etc. sawn and fixed in position with necessary stainless steel screws etc.
-
-
-
Kiln seasoned and chemically treated hollock wood
2
-
-
1.5) DOORS, WINDOWS, GLAZING, CLADDING, FAÇADE ETC.
-
-
-
1.5.1) Wood Work For Frames
-
-
-
Providing wood work in frames of doors, windows, clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixed in position with hold fast lugs or with dash fasteners of required dia & length ( hold fast lugs or dash fastener shall be paid for separately).
-
-
-
Second class teak wood
2
-
-
1.5.2) Dash Fasteners t door frames
-
-
-
Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanised ( minimum coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia double threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength 480 N/mm2), counter sunk head, comprising of 10 m dia polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve, including drilling of hole in frame , concrete/ masonry, etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
-
-
-
10X120mm
162
-
-
1.5.3) Pressed steel door frames
-
-
-
Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames conforming to IS: 4351, manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet of 1.60 mm thickness, including hinges, jamb, lock jamb, bead and if required angle threshold of mild steel angle of section 50x25 mm, or base ties of 1.60 mm, pressed mild steel welded or rigidly fixed together by mechanical means,
2.5 mm thick with mortar guards, lock strike-plate and shock absorbers as specified and applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre-treatment of the surface as directed by Engineer-in-charge:
Profile B
Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb
2955
-
-
1.5.4) Flush Doors
-
-
-
1.5.4.1) Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS : 2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters
-
-
-
1.5.4.2) 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws & finishing as per Engineer in charge
1270
-
-
1.5.4.3) Extra for Providing and fixing flush doors with decorative veneering instead of non decorative ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I)
On one side only
1264
-
-
1.5.4.4) Extra for providing lipping with 2nd class teak wood battens 25 mm minimum depth on all edges of flush door shutters (over all area of door shutter to be measured).
309
-
-
1.5.4.5) Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding 0.1 sqm in all type of flush doors (cost of glass excluded) (overall area of door shutter to be measured):
-
-
-
Rectangular or Square
132
-
-
1.5.5) VOID
-
-
-
1.5.6) Providing and fixing pre-polished Twin Natural Stone Door Frames 200mm - 300mm wide, in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand), inclusive of all mitred joinery inclusive of all necessary joinery in Araldite and cement paste etc. All exposed surfaces and edges to be chamfered and mirror polished with 6mm wide groove to be made in wall at the junction of stone and finished surface of wall complete as directed by Engineer In Charge
50
-
-
1.5.7) FRP doors frames
-
-
-
Providing and fixing Fiber Glass Reinforced plastic (FRP) Door Frames of cross-section 90 mm x 45 mm having single rebate of 32 mm x 15 mm to receive shutter of 30 mm thickness .The laminate shall be moulded with fire resistant grade unsaturated polyester resin and chopped mat. Door frame laminate shall be 2 mm thick and shall be filled with suitable wooden block in all the three legs. The frame shall be covered with fiber glass from all sides. M.S. stay shall be provided at the bottom to steady the frame.
562
-
-
1.5.8) FRP doors shutters
-
-
-
Providing and fixing to existing door frames.
30 mm thick Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (F.R.P.) flush door shutter in different plain and wood finish made with fire retardant grade unsaturated polyester resin, moulded to 3 mm thick FRP laminate all around, with suitable wooden blocks inside at required places for fixing of fittings and polyurethane foam (PUF)/ Polystyrene foam to be used as filler material throughout the hollow panel, casted monolithically with testing parameters of F.R.P. laminate conforming to table - 3 of IS: 14856, complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
180
-
-
1.5.9) Toughened Glass Doors
-
-
-
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless toughened glass door shutter of approved brand and manufacture, including providing and fixing top & bottom pivot & spring type fixing arrangement and making necessary holes etc. for fixing required door fittings, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (Door Handle, Lock and Stopper To be paid separately)
24
-
-
1.5.10) Aluminium Doors Windows Ventilators
-
-
-
Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / panelling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, panelling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) , Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron)
-
-
-
doors , windows, ventilators main frame
2251
-
-
1.5.11) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately)
Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of polyester powder coating 50 micron)
-
-
-
doors windows shutter frames
3459
-
-
1.5.12) Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item):
-
-
-
1.5.12.1) With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight not less than 12.50 kg/ sqm)
1038
-
-
1.5.12.2) With float glass panes of 8 mm thickness (weight not less than 20 kg/ sqm)
126
-
-
1.5.13) Prelaminated Particle Board
-
-
-
1.5.13.1) Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board conforming to IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling for bottom panel of 0.9m, fixed in aluminium doors, windows shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc. complete as per architectural drawings and directions of engineer-in-charge.- Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both sides
43
-
-
1.5.14) Filling the gap in between aluminium frame & adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete.
Upto 5mm depth and 5mm width
1945
-
-
1.5.15) Structural Glazing
-
-
-
1.5.15.1) Providing and supplying aluminium extruded tubular and other aluminium sections as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings , the aluminium quality as per grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super durable powder coating of 60-80 microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. ( The item includes cost of material such as cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary for fabrication of extruded aluminium frame work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account). The weight of aluminium extruded section shall be taken for purpose of payment.
2267
-
-
1.5.15.2) Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in position semi (grid) unitized system of structural glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building for all heights and all levels, including:
(a) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop drawings for the specified design loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times design wind pressure without any failure), including functional design of the aluminium sections for fixing glazing panels of various thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc., structural and weather silicone sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalisation & drainage and protection against fire hazard including:
(b) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanised / Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimensional movement for achieving perfect verticality and
fixing structural glazing system rigidly to the RCC/ masonry/structural steel framework of building structure using stainless steel anchor fasteners/ bolts, nylon separator to prevent bimetallic contacts with nuts and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in required numbers.
235
-
-
(c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone sealant and one part weather silicone sealant compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required bite size in a clean and controlled factory / work shop environment, including double sided spacer tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and manufacture, as per the approved sealant design, within and all around the perimeter for holding glass.
(d) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminium sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap between the building structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it watertight.
(e) Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that enters the curtain glazing system to make it watertight, by incorporating principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary holes of required sizes and of required numbers etc. complete. This item includes cost of all inputs of designing, labour for fabricating and installation of aluminium grid, installation of glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and other incidental charges including wastages etc., enabling temporary structures and services, cranes or cradles etc. as described above and as specified.
-
-
-
The item includes the cost of getting all the structural and functional design including shop drawings checked by a structural designer, dully approved by Engineer-in-charge. The item also includes the cost of all mock ups at site, cost of all samples of the individual components for testing in an approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working structural glazing as specified, cleaning and protection till the handing over of the building for occupation. In the end, the Contractor shall provide a water tight structural glazing having all the performance characteristics etc. all complete as required, as per the Architectural drawings, as per item description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded aluminium frames, shadow boxes, extruded aluminium section capping for fixing in the grooves of the curtain glazing and vermin proof stainless steel wire mesh shall be paid for separately under relevant items under this sub- head. However, for the purpose of payment, only the actual area of structural glazing (including width of grooves) on the external face shall be measured in sqm. up to two decimal places.
Note:-2. The following performance test are to be conducted on structural glazing system if area of structural glazing exceeds 2500 Sqm from the certified laboratories accreditated by NABL(National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science & Technologies, India. Cost of testing is payable separately.
-
-
-
The NIT approving authority will decide the necessity of testing on the basis of cost of the work, cost of the test and importance of the work. Performance Testing of Structural glazing system Tests to be conducted in the NABL accredited lab or by any other accreditation body which operates in accordance with ISO / IEC 17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/ IEC 17025.
1. Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage Test (-50pa to - 300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as per ASTM E-283-04 testing method for a range of testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr 2. Static Water Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500pa) as per ASTME- 331-09 testing method for a range up to 2000 ml.
3. Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to 1500pa) as per AAMA 501.01- 05 testing method for a range upto 2000 ml
4. Structural Performance Deflection and deformation by static air pressure test (1.5 times design wind pressure without any failure) as per ASTME-330- 10 testing method for a range upto 50 mm
5. Seismic Movement Test (upto 30 mm) as per AAMA 501.4-09 testing method for Qualitative test Tests to be conducted on site.
6. Onsite Test for Water Leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa to 240 kpa (35psi) upto 2000 ml
-
-
-
1.5.15.3) Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-12- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units of size and shape as required and specified, comprising of an outer heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and shade, an inner Heat strengthened clear float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube 12mm wide, dessicants, including primary seal and secondary seal (structural silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the required performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass processor.
(Payment for fixing of IGU Panels in the curtain glazing is included in
cost of item No.1.5.15.2)
176
-
-
For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels (excluding the areas of the grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be measured in sqm.
Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm Airgap + 6mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of performance glass shall be decided by technical sanctioning authority as per the site requirement.
-
-
-
1.5.15.4) Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass panels (IGUs) including
providing and supplying at site all accessories and hardware's for the
openable panels as specified and of the approved make such as heavy
duty stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -point cremone locking sets with stainless steel plates, handles, buffers etc. including necessary stainless steel screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers etc. all complete as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineering- Charge.
27
-
-
1.5.15.5) Providing and supplying Spandrel Glass Panels comprising of 6 mm thick heat strengthened monolithic float glass of approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and shade so as to match the colour and shade of the IGUs in the vision panels etc. ,all complete for the required performances as specified, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified, and as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge. For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels (but excluding the area of grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be measured in sqm.(Payment for fixing of Spandrel Glass Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost of relevant Item*). (i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2, having properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35%, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20%, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of performance glass shall be decided by technical sanctioning authority as per the site requirement.
39
-
-
1.5.16) Rolling Shutter
-
-
-
Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths, interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks, mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters.
-
-
-
1.5.16.1) 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover
209
-
-
1.5.16.2) Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters.
24
-
-
1.5.16.3) Extra for providing mechanical device chain and crank operation for operating rolling shutters.
-
-
-
Exceeding 16.80 sqm in area
209
-
-
1.5.16.4) Extra for providing grilled rolling shutters manufactured out of 8 mm dia M.S. bar instead of laths as per design approved by Engineer-in- charge, (area of grill to be measured).
76
-
-
1.5.17) Door Accessories
-
-
-
1.5.17.1) Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles of approved quality with necessary screws etc. complete
55
-
-
1.5.17.2) Providing and fixing bright finished brass tower bolts (barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete :150X10mm
168
-
-
1.5.17.2A) Providing and fixing bright finished brass tower bolts (barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete :250X10mm
120
-
-
1.5.17.3) Providing and fixing bright finished brass handles with screws etc. complete:100 mm
648
-
-
1.5.17.3A) Providing and fixing bright finished brass handles with screws etc. complete:125 mm
500
-
-
1.5.17.4) Providing and fixing bright finished brass hanging type floor door stopper with necessary screws, etc. complete
220
-
-
1.5.17.5) Providing and fixing bright finished brass door latch with necessary screws etc. complete :250x16x5 mm
1148
-
-
1.5.17.6) Providing and fixing aluminium die cast body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand logo with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto 35 kg and door width upto 700 mm), with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete
200
-
-
1.5.17.7) Grab bars/ pull bars made of SS steel 304 for Disabled toilet doors
10
-
-
1.5.17.8) Providing and fixing bright finished brass double acting spring hinges with necessary brass screws etc. complete :100mm
6
-
-
1.5.17.9) Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts, ISI marked, anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868 ) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc. complete :
200X10mm
148
-
-
1.5.17.10) Providing and fixing aluminium handles, ISI marked, anodised (anodic coating
not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc. complete :
125mm
127
-
-
1.5.17.11) Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor door stopper, ISI marked, anodised(anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade, with necessary screws etc. complete:-Single rubber stopper
67
-
-
1.5.17.12) Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and lock, ISI marked, with six levers and a pair of anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) aluminium lever handles of approved quality with necessary screws etc. complete.
86
-
-
1.5.18) Air Transfer Grills to Door
-
-
-
Providing and fixing powder coated (powder coating not less than 40 microns) non vision extruded aluminium "Air Transfer Grill” of required sizes to be fixed in the opening made in the laminated/ non decorative flush door shutters. The grill shall be with minimum 1.20 mm thick aluminium sections, in approved size, shade, and pattern, shape, as per the approved drawing and as per directions of Engineer in charge. Rate shall be inclusive of cutting the door shutter as per approved grill size, providing and fixing required depth of teak wood lipping on the cutting edges of opening of flush door shutter with finishing. :- 6mm thick Compact Sheet
-
-
-
1.5.18.1) 0.450X0.300
47
-
-
1.5.18.2) 0.600x0.300
27
-
-
1.5.19) Panic Bar
-
-
-
Providing and fixing panic bar / latch (Double point) fitted with a single body, Trim Latch & Lock on back side of the Panic Latch of reputed brand and manufacture to be approved by the Engineer- in- charge, all complete
76
-
-
1.5.20) Fire rated Doors
-
-
-
Providing & Fixing two hour fire rated single / double leaf openable doors with fire retardant infill panel of "Shakti" or equivalent, of zinc coated steel frame, single rebate profile of size 100 x 57 mm with bending radius of 1.2 mm, fabricated using 1.20 mm thick galvanized steel sheet (18 gauge) and Fully flush type of 46 mm thick Single / Double leaf shutters, of Pressed Galvanized steel sheet conforming to IS 277, conforming to IS 3614 ( Part 2 ) 1992 BS467 ( Part 20 & 22 0 & ISO834, with electrostatic powder coating or polyurethane coating, including vision glass panel 300X450mmm & fire rated all fixtures and fastenings as specified like SS double ball bearing butt hinges 3nos per shutter, tower bolts 1 no, door stoppers 2 no, SS Handle 19mm Dia, 250 mm long with both side key operation (as approved by the CONSULTANT) and two aldrops per shutter, and providing Master key, Grand master key etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
333
-
-
1.5.21) Cement Fibre Board
-
-
-
Supplying and installation of moisture resistant/fire resistant 8 mm thick Heavy duty fiber cement board (High pressure steam cured) conforming to IS 14862:2000 of category III type B as per standard sizes fixed with self-drilling / taping screws. Screws shall be of counter sunk rib head of 1.60mm to 4 mm thick of 8 to 10 gauge of length varying from 25 to 45 mm, Steel frame shall be paid separately.
100
-
-
1.5.22) GRC Jali
-
-
-
Providing & Fixing Glass Reinforced Jalli works cast in custom designed moulds as per design detail including frame to hold it.
259
-
-
1.5.23) Precast Cement Jali
-
-
-
Providing precast cement concrete Jali 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size), reinforced with 1.6 mm dia mild steel wire, including cantering and shuttering, roughening cleaning, fixing and finishing in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) etc. complete, excluding plastering of the jambs, sills and soffits & fixing
-
-
-
40 mm thick
368
-
-
1.5.24) Mirror
-
-
-
Providing and fixing 600x450 mm bevelled edge mirror of superior glass (of approved quality) complete with 6 mm thick hard board ground fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and washers complete.
185
-
-
1.6) METAL WORKS - RAILING, GRILLS, FABRICATION, ETC.
-
-
-
1.6.1) SS Railing
-
-
-
Providing and fixing stainless steel ( Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer-in-charge, (for payment purpose only weight of stainless steel members shall be considered excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.).
6749
-
-
1.6.2) Providing and fixing hand rail of approved size by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing, staircase railing and similar works, including applying priming coat of approved steel primer.
-
-
-
1.6.2.1) M.S. Tubes
530
-
-
2.0) CIVIL WORKS
-
-
-
2.1) CARRIAGE OF MATERIAL
-
-
-
2.1.1) Extra for carriage of following materials by Mechanical means including loading, unloading and stacking for lead upto 1KM
-
-
-
2.1.1.1) Lime, moorum, building rubbish
55
-
-
2.1.1.2) Earth
1225
-
-
2.1.1.3) Excavated rock
25
-
-
2.1.1.4) Sand, stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal size
45
-
-
2.1.2) Extra for carriage of following materials by Mechanical means including loading, unloading and stacking for lead upto 2KM
-
-
-
2.1.2.1) Lime, moorum, building rubbish
45
-
-
2.1.2.2) Earth
855
-
-
2.1.2.3) Excavated rock
25
-
-
2.1.2.4) Sand, stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal size
35
-
-
2.1.3) Carting away surplus excavated earth / rock (beyond the quantity required to be used in the project under this agreement) to approved designated locations using mechanical equipment's , unloading and stacking for lead beyond 2KM . (It is contractor responsibility to identify such approved location outside site premises for disposal & all necessary permissions for disposal shall be obtained by contractor at no extra cost)
125
-
-
2.1.4) Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above ground level), including cutting of trunks and branches, removing the roots and
stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material.
-
-
-
2.1.4.1) Beyond 30 cm girth upto and including 60 cm girth
3
-
-
2.2) EARTH WORK
-
-
-
2.2.1) Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator)/manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including getting out and disposal of excavated earth lead upto 500 m and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
-
-
-
2.2.1.1) All kinds of soil
19109
-
-
2.2.2) Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) /manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 500 m.
-
-
-
2.2.2.1) All kinds of soil
3526
-
-
2.2.3) Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part thereof in excavation / banking excavated or stacked materials.
-
-
-
2.2.3.1) All kinds of soil.
13807
-
-
2.2.4) Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator)/ manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including getting out and disposal of excavated earth lead upto 500 m and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-incharge
-
-
-
2.2.4.1) Ordinary rock
50
-
-
2.2.5) Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead up to 500 m and lift upto 1.5 m.
19000
-
-
2.2.6) Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering, ramming, consolidating and dressing complete.
938
-
-
2.2.7) Providing and laying minimum 230 mm thick dry rubble (soling) packing for foundation with approved hard stone set in regular lines, hand packed, filling the interstices with small stone chips and sand, ramming, watering and compacting, etc. complete as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
8737
-
-
2.2.8) Filling in Plinth and filling for site grading with approved CNS (cohesive non expansive soil) free from vegetations, brought from outside including supply in layers not exceeding 20 cms in thickness, confining the fill, and consolidating / compacting the deposited layer by mechanical means / compactors, plate vibrators and watering etc., to achieve desired density as specified complete as per specification and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. (Quoted rate to include cost of compaction to achieve at least 95% modified Proctor Density of refilled excavated earth.)
9000
-
-
2.2.9) Providing and injecting chemical emulsion for pre-construction anti termite treatment and creating a chemical barrier using Chlorpyriphos Emulsifiable 1.0 % concentration or Imidacloprid Emulsifiable 0.075% concentration by weight below grade slab, Plinth Beams and Columns, along the external perimeter of building including back fill soil, expansion joints, surrounding of pipes, water conduits or at places suggested by Engineer/ Site-in-charge etc complete as per IS 6313 Part II and Technical specification. (Plinth Area at ground floor only shall be measured). Contractor shall give a performance guarantee of 10 years
8850
-
-
2.2.10) Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc including excavation for sockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil, and then returning the soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, including consolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m :
-
-
-
2.2.10.1) All kinds of soil
-
-
-
2.2.10.1.1) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia
6925
-
-
2.2.10.1.2) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600 mm dia
595
-
-
2.2.11) Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables etc. in all kinds of soil for depth exceeding 1.5 m, but not exceeding 3 m.
-
-
-
2.2.11.1) All kinds of soil
-
-
-
2.2.11.1.1) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia
454
-
-
2.2.11.1.2) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not exceeding 600 mm dia
464
-
-
2.2.12) Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc, including excavation for sockets, depth upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated materials, returning the soil as required in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, including consolidating each deposited layers by ramming, watering etc., stacking serviceable material for measurements and disposal of unserviceable material as directed, within a lead of 50 m :
-
-
-
2.2.12.1) Ordinary rock :
-
-
-
2.2.12.1.1) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia
60
-
-
2.2.13) Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc. in ordinary/hard rock exceeding 1.5 m in depth but not exceeding 3 m. (including dewatering)
-
-
-
2.2.13.1) Ordinary rock :
-
-
-
2.2.13.1.1) Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia
60
-
-
2.2.14) Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator)/ manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including getting out and disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-incharge.
-
-
-
2.2.14.1) Ordinary rock
35
-
-
2.2.15) Excavation work by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator)/ manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soils as directed, within a lead of 50 m.
-
-
-
2.2.15.1) Ordinary rock
16
-
-
2.2.16) Excavation work by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator)/ manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift above 1.5 m and upto 3m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soils as directed, within a lead of 50 m.
-
-
-
2.2.16.1) Ordinary rock
10
-
-
2.2.17) Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc including excavation for sockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil, and then returning the soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, including consolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m :
-
-
-
2.2.17.1) Extra for excavating trenches for pipes, cables, etc. in all kind of soil for depth exceeding 3 m in depth but not exceeding 4.5 m. (Rate is over corresponding basic item for depth upto 1.5 metre).
166
-
-
2.2.18) Providing and filling cohesive non-swelling soil (CNS) soil or approved type of Moorum over areas for site grading in layers not exceeding average 225 mm thick (uncompacted thickness) including lifting, loading, unloading, transporting, breaking of clods, watering, consolidating each layer, compacting with 8 to 10 Ton vibro roller as required to achieve not less than 95% dry density (proctor density) etc. for all leads and lifts complete as directed by Engineer In charge.
The CNS soil / filling material shall have following properties -
1) Liquid limit 50
2) Plasticity Index 5
3) Free swell index 50 % (when tested as per IS 2720 (Part 40))
The material shall NOT contain peat, log, stump, and perishable material and shall NOT be classified as OL, OI, OH in accordance with IS 1498. The material from swamp, marshes, bogs shall NOT be used for filling.
5050
-
-
2.3) PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE WORK
-
-
-
2.3.1) Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of cantering and shuttering - All work up to plinth
level :
-
-
-
2.3.1.1) 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand (zone-III) : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
1276
-
-
2.3.1.2) 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III) : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size).
51
-
-
2.3.2) Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, columns, piers, abutments, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills, fillets, sunken floor etc., up to floor five level, excluding the cost of cantering, shuttering and finishing :
-
-
-
2.3.2.1) 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand (zone-III) : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size))
101
-
-
2.3.2.2) 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III) : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
41
-
-
2.3.3) Extra for concrete work in superstructure above floor V level for each four floors or part thereof.
-
-
-
2.3.3.1) 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand (zone-III) : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size))
2
-
-
2.3.3.2) 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III) : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
32
-
-
2.3.4) Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand (zone - III) : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 75mm thick bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal size, well rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand, including
necessary excavation, levelling & dressing & finishing the top smooth.
1027
-
-
2.3.5) Providing and laying damp-proof course 50mm thick with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand(zone-III) : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size).
104
-
-
2.3.6) Providing & applying a coat of residual petroleum bitumen of grade of VG-10 of approved quality using 1.7kg per square metre on damp proof course after cleaning the surface with brushes and finally with apiece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil.
97
-
-
2.3.7) Providing and laying 1:5:10 mix Plum concrete with maximum size of aggregates as 40mm and plums upto 200mm size and upto 30% by volume of concrete mix, for filling in plinth, underside of foundations, etc., complete.
416
-
-
2.4) REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORK
-
-
-
FORMWORK
-
-
-
2.4.1) Cantering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for :
-
-
-
2.4.1.1) Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for mass concrete.
9146
-
-
2.4.1.2) Walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, butteresses,plinth and string courses etc.
6196
-
-
2.4.1.3) Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access
platform
15117
-
-
2.4.1.4) Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and
cantilevers
18694
-
-
2.4.1.5) Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and Struts
12898
-
-
2.4.1.6) Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-staircases
1009
-
-
2.4.1.7) Vertical and horizontal fins individually or forming box louvers band, facias and eaves boards
60
-
-
2.4.1.8) Small lintels not exceeding 1.5 m clear span, moulding as in cornices, window sills, string courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks and the like
145
-
-
2.4.1.9) Extra for additional height in cantering, shuttering where ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc., including cost of de-shuttering and decentering at all levels, over a height of 3.5 m, for every additional height of 1 metre or part thereof (Plan area to be measured).
-
-
-
2.4.1.9.1) Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and balconies (Plan area to be measured)
5020
-
-
2.4.1.10) Cornices and mouldings
48
-
-
2.4.1.11) Extra for shuttering in circular work of foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. including machine / equipment foundations for mass concrete
382
-
-
Reinforcement
-
-
-
2.4.2) Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete upto plinth level.
-
-
-
2.4.2.1) Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars HYSD Fe500D or more
1100339
-
-
2.4.3) Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete above plinth level.
-
-
-
2.4.3.1) Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars HYSD Fe500D or more
624171
-
-
Concrete
-
-
-
2.4.4) Providing and laying in position ready mixed M-25 grade concrete for reinforced cement concrete work, using cement content as per approved design mix, manufactured in fully automatic batching plant and transported to site of work in transit mixer for all leads, having continuous agitated mixer, manufactured as per mix design of specified grade for reinforced cement concrete work, including pumping of R.M.C. from transit mixer to site of laying , excluding the cost of cantering, shuttering finishing and reinforcement, including cost of admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS : 9103 to accelerate/ retard setting of concrete,improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Note :- Cement content considered in this item is @ 330 kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per design mix is payable/recoverable separately, only if the concrete is brought from outside the site premises)
-
-
-
2.4.4.1) All works upto plinth level
4831
-
-
2.4.4.2) All works above plinth level upto floor V level
3919
-
-
2.4.4.3) Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above floor V level for each four floors or part thereof.
429
-
-
2.4.5) Extra for providing richer mixes at all floor levels.
-
-
-
2.4.5.1) Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC. (Note:- Cement content considered in M-30 is @ 340 kg/cum)
-
-
-
2.4.5.1.1) All works upto plinth level
4831
-
-
2.4.5.1.2) All works above plinth level upto floor V level
3919
-
-
2.4.5.1.3) Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above floor V level for each four floors or part thereof.
429
-
-
2.4.5.2) Providing M-35 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC. (Note : Cement content considered in M-35 is @ 350 kg/cum)
-
-
-
2.4.5.2.1) All works upto plinth level
350
-
-
2.4.5.2.2) All works above plinth level upto floor V level
350
-
-
2.4.5.3) Providing M-40 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC.(Note : Cement content considered in M-40 is @ 360 kg/cum)
-
-
-
2.4.5.3.1) All works upto plinth level
150
-
-
2.4.5.3.2) All works above plinth level upto floor V level
150
-
-
2.4.6) Add for using extra cement in the items of design mix over and above the specified cement content therein
131
-
-
Expansion Joint
-
-
-
2.4.7) Providing and fixing Pre-formed joint fillers “Shalitex” or equivalent board with bitumen primer as adhesive to concrete and masonry surfaces in separation/expansion joints including 200 micron PVC sheet on top to avoid ingress of cement slurry in Shalitex board or equivalent complete as per direction of engineer in charge.
-
-
-
2.4.7.1) 12 mm thick
100
-
-
2.4.8) Providing and filling in position, blown bitumen in expansion joints.
1
-
-
2.4.9) Providing and fixing in position 12 mm thick bitumen impregnated fibre board conforming to IS: 1838, including cost of primer, sealing compo-und GRADE A in expansion joints.
350
-
-
2.4.10) Supplying, fabricating, delivering at site and fixing in position M.S. inserts as per drawing made out of rolled steel sections, plates, angles, bars, including cleaning, Grinding and removing the welding burr, scales, and preparing surface for and applying one coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer and Two coats of Synthetic Enamel paint after fabrication etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
5269
-
-
2.4.11) Supplying, Fabricating and fixing in position PVC pipe sleeves of length not exceeding 450mm and confirming to IS 13592 :1990 typeB up to 150 mm and IS 4985 of 6 kg pressure 150 mm and above in concrete or in masonry at any level and location as shown on drawings including jointing, encasing, bending, threading, etc complete as directed by engineer in charge.
-
-
-
2.4.11.1) Upto 75mm
204
-
-
2.4.11.2) 100 mm dia
550
-
-
2.4.11.3) 150 mm dia
25
-
-
2.4.12) Providing and applying water swellable-bar at starter & all construction joints, of c/section 20mmX5mm, it shall have unrestrained volumetric expansion more than 200% in 30 days, Hydrostatic pressure resistance of 50 meters. It shall be fixed to the concrete using a gun grade hydrophilic adhesive / or mechanically fixed by non corrosive nailing as recommended by manufacturer complete as directed by engineer in charge.
740
-
-
2.4.13) Providing and fixing in position Stainless steel Grade 304 plate-1.0 mm
thick as per design for expansion joints. 200 mm wide
92
-
-
2.4.13.1) Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with floor location as per drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints system will be of extruded aluminium base members, self aligning / self cantering arrangement and support plates etc. as per ASTM B221-02. The system
shall be such that it provides floor to floor /floor to wall expansion control system for various vertical location in load application areas that accommodates multi directional seismic movement without stress to it's components. System shall consist of metal profiles with a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various project conditions and finish floor treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required to satisfy projects movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self- cantering arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self - cantering arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including vertical displacement. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have watertight joint is mandatory requirement all as per the manufactures design and as approved by Engineer -in- Charge. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).
-
-
-
2.4.13.1.1) Floor Joint of 100 mm gap
68
-
-
2.4.13.2) Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with wall joint (internal/ external) location as per drawings and direction of Engineer-In- Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base members, self aligning /
cantering arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221- 02. The material shall be such that it provides an Expansion Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall/ wall to corner application, both new and existing construction in office Buildings & complexes with no slipping down tendency amongst the components of the Joint System. The Joint System shall utilize light weight aluminium profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminium surfaces mechanically snap locking the multicellular
to facilitate movement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).
-
-
-
2.4.13.2.1) Wall Joint of 100 mm gap
24
-
-
2.4.13.3) Providing and fixing of expansion joint system of approved make and manufactures for various roof locations as per approved drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base members with, self aligning and self cantering arrangement support plates asper ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it provides watertight roof to roof/roof to corner joint cover expansion control system that is capable of accommodating multidirectional seismic movement without stress to its components. System shall consist of metal profile that incorporates a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various project conditions and roof treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required to satisfy movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-cantering arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self cantering arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including vertical displacement. The Joint System shall resists damage or deterioration from the impact of falling ice, exposure to UV, airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic from maintenance personnel.
-
-
-
Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have water tight joint is mandatory requirement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063.)
-
-
-
2.4.13.3.1) Roof Joint of 100 mm gap
68
-
-
2.4.14) Designing, Detailing, Providing and installing 50 / 75mm thk SNPG-400 expansion joint system or approved equivalent for wall to wall and wall to column joints at all levels and locations designed for multi-directional movement and comprised of continuous extruded cover plate and snap-locked to base frame (Cover plate shall be fixed with continuous seal at both end of top plate) conforming to ASTM 6063 and in accordance with the drawings and manufacturers specifications including all necessary material and works etc. complete for satisfactory performance of the system as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
Note: 1) The system shall be 100% waterproof and shall be designed for underground water pressure of 4.5m.
2) Contractor shall submit leakproof guarantee bond for waterproofing of entire expansion joint system on the on court fee stamp of Rs. 100/- or of appropriate value in the approved format for 10 years after completion and handing over the building to the owner.
72
-
-
2.4.15) Providing and placing in position 100 mm thick factory made machine batched & machine mixed Precast RCC Rectangular Covers on drains of footpath of various sizes, of M-25 grade cement concrete for RCC work, including cost of cantering, shuttering, reinforcement of 8 mm dia TMT bars of Fe 500 grade @ maximum 100mm c/c on
both ways , neat cement punning on finished surface, properly encased on all edges with 1.6 mm thick , 100 mm wide MS sheet duly painted over priming coat , reinforcement to be welded at edges with MS sheet and providing 2 Nos. 12 mm dia bar for hooks etc i/c cost of cartage, all leads & lift, handling at site etc. all complete as
per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
100
-
-
2.4.16) Providing and casting in Situ Reinforced Cement Concrete shall be minimum M25 for slab on grade or on floor with coarse aggregate of size 20mm downgraded excluding reinforcement but including side shuttering and construction in panels / staggered strip method, finishing the concrete with power floater and Ride on Trowel (ROT) as per the specifications, including providing necessary construction/ contraction / expansion /isolation joints as shown on drawing and joints required at various locations like equipment foundations, columns, walls, etc of size 5 mm wide x 50 mm deep & filling with Polysulphide sealant applied over primer laid as per manufacturer's specification/ drawings etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
1207
-
-
2.4.16.1) Extra over above item of slab on grade and floor slab, for Vacuum processing of concrete slab to remove surplus water using TREMIX VACUUM SYSTEM or approved equivalent including necessary surface vibration, floating of surface with power trowel after vacuum processing to obtain clean, smooth / broom & level finished surface etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
2608
-
-
2.4.17) Providing controlled joint of size 5 mm wide x 25 mm deep for slab on grade by saw cutting with approved mechanical means including & filling with Polysulphide sealant etc. complete as per manufacturer's specification/ drawings and as directed by Engineer In Charge.
Note: The groove making shall be done with mechanical saw and operation shall be carried out within 48 Hrs concreting etc complete.
2500
-
-
2.4.18) Machine Foundations in grade M30 concrete with 20 mm downgraded coarse aggregate, including making pockets, grooves, slots, aligning and inserting anchor bolts, etc as may be necessary, as directed by Engineer In Charge. (Excluding cost of Anchor bolts, and the same shall be paid separately)
24
-
-
2.4.19) Grouting pockets, holes, pipe sleeves of any shape or size, column bases, machine bases etc. including supply, mixing, surface cleaning, backing, wedging, finishing, side forms for exposed surfaces with champhering (if any) & curing etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge with..
-
-
-
2.4.19.1) Non-shrink free flow hydrogen free cement based grout (ready mixed) GP2 or approved equivalent grout of any thickness as directed by 'ENGINEER', etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
3
-
-
2.4.20) Providing & Fixing 75MM thickness of specifically extruded high performance polymer based sheet (SIL FIL of Supreme or equivalent) in expansion joint as filler board, with minimum density 28 kg / Cu. Mt & compression strength of 0.21 Kg / Sq.M, when tested as per ASTM D-3575, including using double sided adhesive of 2 MM x 25 MM x 25 MM at four places per sq.mtr to the casted surface etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge for.
125
-
-
2.4.21) Providing, supplying and mixing waterproofing compound Conplast X421 IC of Fosroc or approved equivalent conforming to IS:2645-2003 & IS:9103-1999, as per dose recommended by manufacturer etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
2810
-
-
2.5) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
-
-
-
2.5.1) Structural steel work in single section fixed with or without connecting plate including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete.
11580
-
-
2.5.2.1) Supplying, fabricating, delivering at site, hoisting and fixing in position, including all temporary staging and supporting work and making all structural steel work in accordance with the design, drawing prepared by the consultant for portal frames, trusses, purlins, girders, brackets, etc. with connections using plates, channels and angles, gusset plate,cleats, fasteners etc., steel conforming to IS 226 and IS 2062 with minimum yield strength of 250 Mpa.The rate of steel work shall include assembly, welding, jointing, building up new sections, cost of fasteners (nuts, bolts and washers) etc. The rate shall also include one coat zinc rich primer & two coat of Synthetic enamel paint of approved shade after properly cleaning the steel surface, necessary bolts & washers for fixing including grouting of bolts with 1:3 non shrink cement grout etc., complete all as per design, details, drawings, specifications etc. with all lead & lift for all materials & labour and as directed, at all heights & locations.
Note-Members fabricated entirely from MS plates, rolled steel sections such as joists, channels, angles, and tees , built-up fabricated from rolled steel sections and plates are covered under this item.
(Structural steel shall be E250, Quality A/BR, Semi killed / killed and conforming to IS: 2062-2011 where V-notch energy E 27J )
40100
-
-
2.5.2.2) Supplying, fabricating, delivering at site, hoisting and fixing in position, including all temporary staging and supporting work and making all structural steel work in accordance with the design, drawing prepared by the consultant for portal frames, trusses, purlins, girders, brackets, etc. with connections using plates, channels and angles, gusset plate,cleats, fasteners etc., steel conforming to IS 226 and IS 2062 with minimum yield strength of 350 Mpa.The rate of steel work shall include assembly, welding, jointing, building up new sections, cost of fasteners (nuts, bolts and washers) etc. The rate shall also include one coat zinc rich primer & two coat of Synthetic enamel paint of approved shade after properly cleaning the steel surface, necessary bolts & washers for fixing including grouting of bolts with 1:3 non shrink cement grout etc., complete all as per design, details, drawings, specifications etc. with all lead & lift for all materials & labour and as directed, at all heights & locations.
Note-Members fabricated entirely from MS plates, rolled steel sections such as joists, channels, angles, and tees , built-up fabricated from rolled steel sections and plates are covered under this item.
(Structural steel shall be E350, Quality A/BR, Semi killed / killed and conforming to IS: 2062-2011 where V-notch energy E 27J )
75000
-
-
2.5.3) Supplying, fabricating and erecting GI cold formed sections (GSM 120 Min), confirming to the physical specifications of ASTM A-607 (Grade 50) and IS 811 having minimum yield strength of 345 N/mm2 and as per specifications and as per drawings prepared by the consultant, for all heights & at all levels including transportation of the same to site, erection, provision of necessary erection bolts, fixing bolts, nuts, washers, cleats, and all necessary operations like straightening, cutting, drilling as specified, welding, cleaning, painting, grinding and removing the welding burr etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
22207
-
-
2.5.4) Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required.
-
-
-
2.5.4.1) In stringers, treads, landings etc. of stair cases, including
use of chequered plate wherever required, all complete
200
-
-
2.5.4.2) In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates and similar works
200
-
-
2.5.5) Providing, Supplying, Detailing and fabricating as per fabrication drawings , transporting to site and erecting M.S. chequered Plates of any thickness and having minimum yield strength of 250 MPa, including making of members for fixing, countersunk fixing screws etc. complete including applying two coats of epoxy red oxide zinc phosphate primer of 30 microns each and two coats of Epoxy CR Enamel paint after fabrication of 30 microns including touching up with spray painting after erection.
-
-
-
2.5.5.1) Chequered plate with stiffeners
150
-
-
2.5.5.2) Chequered plate without stiffeners
50
-
-
2.5.6) Steel work in built up tubular ( round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc. complete.
-
-
-
2.5.6.1) Hot finished welded type tubes
1970
-
-
2.5.6.2) Hot finished seamless type tubes.
500
-
-
2.5.7) Supplying, fabricating, delivering and fixing in position at site, anchor / foundation bolts of following grades, nuts/lock nuts and anchor bolt assemblies, including necessary templates etc. complete as per the drawings and as per direction of engineer in charge. (Templates required for fixing shall not be paid separately).
-
-
-
2.5.7.1) 4.6 Grade
1020
-
-
2.5.7.2) 8.8 Grade
550
-
-
2.5.8) VOID
-
-
-
2.5.9) Supplying and forming cut-outs in chequered plate planks, reinforced with M.S. strips of size 75mm x 6mm including cutting, welding, fabricating etc. complete as per drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge (Measurement shall be on the basis of perimeter of the cut-out)
-
-
-
2.5.9.1) a) Circular cut outs
10
-
-
2.5.9.2) b) Rectangular cut outs
10
-
-
2.5.10) Providing, supplying, fabricating, transporting, erecting and aligning and installing in position by bolting / welding / screwing of factory made hot dip galvanised gratings with 240 GSM coating and fabricated using mild steel conforming to IS:2062, having minimum yield strength of 250 MPa at all levels, in floorings, platforms, drain covers, trench covers, walk-ways, passages, staircase treads including edge binding strips, anti-skid nosing, all fittings and fixtures, (clips, bolts, self drilling and taping screws, nuts and lock washers) etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
201
-
-
2.5.11) Supplying, fabricating, delivering at site as per specifications and as per drawings, and erecting structural steel members for any type of works including general fabrication works for all heights & at all levels including embeding the members in plain and reinforced concrete and/or in masonry to desired level, including providing and erecting of bolts of class 4.6, nuts, washers, cleats, stiffeners, gussets, base plate, with all necessary operations such as but not limited to preheating as per specifications, straightening, bending, cutting, punching holes, drilling, grinding, threading, machining if specified, welding etc. complete including cleaning, Grinding and removing the welding burr, scales, and preparing surface and applying epoxy primer of DFT 100 micron and Painting with 2 coats of PU paint, (one coat at shop after fabrication and one coat after erection with DFT 30-35 micron of each coat) with approved colour, shade and brand including touching up with primer and paint etc. complete, as directed by Engineer In Charge.
-
-
-
2.5.11.1) Built up tubular steel section conforming to IS 1161 and IS 4923 with minimum yield strength of 310 Mpa
1470
-
-
2.6) WATERPROOFING WORK
-
-
-
2.6.1) Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of WCs, bathroom etc., by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cement compound consisting of applying : (a) First layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/ sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours.
(b) Second layer of slurry of cement @ 0.242 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.126 kg/sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with water curing for 48 hours. (The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment and sealing of all joints, corners, junctions of pipes and masonry with polymer mixed slurry.)
1695
-
-
2.6.2) Providing and laying in sunken area with broken AAC Block laid, consolidated, finished smooth, including finishing the top layer with 20 mm water proof cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with approved water proofing compound as per manufacturer specifications etc. all complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
493
-
-
2.6.3) Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment including preparation of surface as required for treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc consisting of following operations: a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS. 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including cleaning the surface before treatment.
-
-
-
b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115 mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand ) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge to required slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs.
-
-
-
c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge. d) Finishing the surfaces with 20 mm thick jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement : 4 course sand) admixed with waterproofing compound conforming to IS :2645 and approved by Engineer in charge including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry and making pattern of 300 x 300 mm square and 3 mm deep.
-
-
-
e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in order and as directed and specified by the Engineer-in-
Charge :
-
-
-
2.6.3.1) With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness at khurra as 65 mm.
7992
-
-
2.6.4) U.G. TANK / OH WATER TANKS – INTERNAL AREAS
-
-
-
2.6.4.1) Providing & Applying 2 coats of CFTRI approved, waterproof coating with high performance two component pre-packed cementitious waterproofing, with a mix ratio of (liquid: Powder), parts by wt. - 1:1.4 @ 2.2 Kg/sqm to achieve DFT of 1.5mm over the wall & floor surface as per the manufacturers’ specification & drawing with the turnkey execution to be done by the manufacturer through its in house subsidiary execution company and with 10 years composite warranty against leakages, to be provided by the principal manufacturer / civil contractor. All the coats to be applied in right angle to each other. The coating shall have following properties: Tensile strength : 2.6 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 412, Elongation at break, % : 120 as per ASTM D 412, Adhesion strength : 1 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541, crack bridging : 2mm as per ASTM C 836, Water penetration (5 bar pressure) : 1% as per BS EN 12390, Hardness, Shore A : 60 as per ASTM D 2240, RCPT permeability : 92% as per ASTM C 1202-97, including proper surface preparation as per manufacturers' specification, cleaning work, removal of loose concrete and filling cracks with polymer modified mortar using SBR Latex, URP. All the honeycombed areas & construction joints shall be identified and injected with cement slurry admixed with expansive additive, AM @ 225gms / bag of cement.
1206
-
-
Making of angle fillets all around the periphery of the wall with polymer modified mortar using SBR Latex, URP, etc, complete. Protection Cum Hygiene Coat: Providing & applying 2 coats of two component, water-based epoxy resin with additive fillers, anti-algae, anti-fungal, Non-flammable, Non-toxic, hygiene cum damp-proof coating @ 4 sqm / Kg, as directed by the manufacturer with the turnkey execution to be done by the manufacturer through its in house subsidiary execution company and with 10 years composite warranty against leakages, to be provided by the principal manufacturer / civil contractor. The coating shall be Certified by CFTRI as per 21 CFR 175 – 300 of US – FDA. Mixing Ratio (Base: Hardener: Water) – 1:1:1, Specific Gravity : 1.2, Water vapour permeance : 244.48 g/m2/24 hrs, as per IS 7809/Pt 2/1977, Adhesion strength: 2.5 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541 : 02, as per manufacturers' specification, etc, complete as directed by engineer in charge.
-
-
-
2.6.5) UG TANK EXTERNAL AREAS
-
-
-
Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water proofing on horizontal surface at all depth below ground level for under ground structures as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and consisting of : i) Ist layer of 22 mm to 25 mm thick approved and specified rough stone slab over a 25 mm thick base of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in the recommended proportion over the levelling course (levelling course to be included in this item).
Joints sealed and grouted with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound. ii) 2nd layer of 25 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportions. iii) Finishing top with stone aggregate of 10 mm to 12 mm nominal size spreading @ 8 cudm/sqm thoroughly embedded in the 2nd layer.
-
-
-
2.6.5.1) Using rough kota stone.
458
-
-
Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water proofing on the vertical surface by fixing specified stone slab 22 mm to 25 mm thick with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in recommended proportions with a gap of 20 mm (minimum) between stone slabs and the receiving surfaces and filling the gaps with neat cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound and finishing the exterior of stone slab with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 20 mm thick with neat cement punning mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportion complete at all levels and as directed by Engineer-in-charge :
-
-
-
2.6.5.2) Using rough kota stone.
386
-
-
2.6.6) Providing and Placing in position suitable PVC water stops conforming to IS:12200 for construction/ expansion joints between two RCC members and fixed to the reinforcement with binding wire before pouring concrete etc. complete :
-
-
-
2.6.6.1) Serrated with central bulb (225mm wide, 8-11mm thick).
155
-
-
2.6.7) WATERPROOF SEALING AROUND THE UTILITIES/ PIPES PASSING THROUGH RCC WALL ETC
159
-
-
Supplying & sealing the pipe inserts, etc provided in the floor & walls with 1.5 mm thick two sided non-reinforced polymerized bituminous self adhesive Tape, to seal the joint between pipes/inserts and the core cuts. The Tape shall have Softening point (R&B) 60⁰C as per ASTM D 36, Elongation, (Compound) 500% as per ASTM D 412, Water absorption at 24 hrs 0.3 as per ASTM D 570, Water permeability @ 5bar : Nil as per BS EN 12390, Adhesion strength : 1.0 N/mm as per ASTM D 1000, Cold temperature flexibility -6⁰C as per UEAtc, followed by grouting the gaps around the pipe / inserts with a non shrink cementitious waterproof grout, 10M, shall conform to ASTM C 109 - 1999 18, ASTM C 1107, Grade C, all followed by sealing with Liquid Applied PU flashing of Flexi PU with reinforcing polyester mesh embedded between the two coats of Flexi PU, at the junction of the pipes and slab / wall area, including proper cleaning of the junctions and sealing the junction with PU sealant conforming to ASTM C-920-S, NS, 25 & BS EN ISO—11600: 2003 Type F & G as per manufacturers' specification, etc, complete as directed by engineer in charge.
-
-
-
2.6.8) STP / ETP WATERPROOFING
-
-
-
2.6.8.1) for internal area
-
-
-
2.6.8.1.1) Providing & Applying 2 coats of waterproof coating with high performance two component pre-packed cementitious waterproofing, with a mix ratio of (liquid: Powder), parts by wt. - 1:1.4 @ 2 Kg/sqm to achieve DFT of 1.5mm over the wall & floor surface as per the manufacturers’ specification & drawing. All the coats to be applied in right angle to each other with the turnkey execution to be done by the manufacturer through its in house subsidiary execution company and with 10 years composite warranty against leakages, to be provided by the principal manufacturer / civil contractor. The coating shall have following properties: Tensile strength : 2.6 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 412, Elongation at break, % : 120 as per ASTM D 412, Adhesion strength : 1 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541, crack bridging : 2mm as per ASTM C 836, Water penetration (5 bar pressure) : 1% as per BS EN 12390, Hardness, Shore A : 60 as per ASTM D 2240, RCPT permeability : 92% as per ASTM C 1202-97, including proper surface preparation as per manufacturers' specification, cleaning work, removal of loose concrete and filling cracks with polymer modified mortar using SBR Latex, URP. All the honeycombed areas & construction joints shall be identified and injected with cement slurry admixed with expansive additive, AM @ 225gms / bag of cement. Making of angle fillets all around the periphery of the wall with polymer modified mortar using SBR Latex, URP, etc, complete.
100
-
-
Providing and applying 2 coats of solvent free epoxy coating, to protect the surface from chemical attack, acid and alkalis attack present is sewage to the slab areas and to the wall upto full height and the ceiling, including application of moisture insensitive epoxy primer MIEP with the turnkey execution to be done by the manufacturer through its in house subsidiary execution company and with 10 years composite warranty against leakages, to be provided by the principal manufacturer / civil contractor. The coverage of the EC-SF coating shall be 3-4m2/Kg/coat to attain DFT of 200 microns. The coating shall have following properties: Specific gravity: 1.35 +/- 0.02 g/cc, Hardness, Shore D: 84 as per ASTM D 2240, Tensile strength (7D): 15 Mpa as per ASTM C 307, Compressive Str. (7D): 85 Mpa as per ASTM C 579, Flexural Strength (7D): 35 Mpa, abrasion resistant as per ASTM D 4060, etc, complete as directed by engineer in charge.
-
-
-
2.6.8.2) For external
-
-
-
2.6.8.2.1) Providing and laying Box type water proofing treatment on horizontal and inclined surfaces (including below raft) of under ground structures at all depths below ground level and up to plinth level above ground level including coating with two coats of BRUSH BOND RFX of Fosroc Chemicals India Ltd or approved equivalent as per manufacturers specifications on PCC, laying 25mm thick Shahabad stone tiles with minimum 25mm thick 1:3 cement mortar bedding, filling the joints with cement mortar 1:2 and with 15mm metal, providing 15mm thick cement plaster in cement mortar 1:3, pressure grouting of all types of joints and socket pipes with cement slury, curing, successful leakproof testing etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
Notes: 1) All cement mortar shall be mixed with waterproofing compound CONPLAST X 421 IC. (dosage- 130ml per bag of cement)
2) Contractor shall submit leakproof guarantee bond of waterproofing system on the on court fee stamp of Rs. 100/- or of appropriate value in the approved format for 10 years after completion and handing over the building to the owner.
3) The rate shall include costs towards all other necessary activities / works and materials not mentioned above but required for satisfactory performance of the system. complete as directed by engineer in charge.
25
-
-
2.6.8.2.2) Providing and laying Box type water proofing treatment on vertical surfaces of under ground structures at all depths below ground level and up to plinth level above ground level including cleaning the concrete surface by approved means, hacking and coating the concrete surface with two coats of BRUSH BOND RFX of Fosroc Chemicals India Ltd or approved equivalent as per manufacturers specifications, fixing minimum 25 mm thick Shahabad tiles in cement slurry, filling the joints of the Shahabad stone tiles with cement mortar 1:2, finishing exposed Shahabad stone surface with average 15mm thick cement plaster in Cement Mortar 1:4, pressure grouting of all types of joints and socket pipes with cement slury, curing, successful leakproof testing etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
100
-
-
Notes: 1) All cement mortar shall be mixed with waterproofing compound CONPLAST WL. (dosage- 130ml per bag of cement)
2) Contractor shall submit leakproof guarantee bond of waterproofing system on the on court fee stamp of Rs. 100/- or of appropriate value in the approved format for 10 years after completion and handing over the building to the owner.
3) The rate shall include costs towards all other necessary activities / works and materials not mentioned above but required for satisfactory performance of the system.
4) 5% Cash of total waterproofing cost shall be retained towards DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD upto 24 MONTHS from date of handover. The same shall be returned after successful performance of the system during this period.
-
-
-
2.6.9) PARAPET WALL
753
-
-
Waterproofing Treatment:- Providing & Applying 2 coats of waterproof coating with high performance two component pre-packed cementitious waterproofing coating, with a mix ratio of (liquid: Powder), parts by wt. - 1:1.4 @ 2.2 Kg/sqm to achieve DFT of 1.5mm over the wall surface as per the manufacturers’ specification & drawing with the turnkey execution to be done by the manufacturer through its in house subsidiary execution company and with 10 years composite warranty against leakages, to be provided by the principal manufacturer / civil contractor. All the coats to be applied in right angle to each other. The coating shall have following properties: Tensile strength : 2.6 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 412, Elongation at break, % : 120 as per ASTM D 412, Adhesion strength : 1 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541, crack bridging : 2mm as per ASTM C 836, Water penetration (5 bar pressure) : 1% as per BS EN 12390, Hardness, Shore A : 60 as per ASTM D 2240, RCPT permeability : 92% as per ASTM C 1202-97, including surface preparation as per site condition, etc, complete as directed by engineer in charge..
-
-
-
Protection to Waterproof coating – Vertical Surface:
-
-
-
Supplying & laying a protective plaster at vertical portion in 15 mm thickness in Sand Cement mortar (1:3) admixed with integral compound conforming to IS 2645, Pidiproof LW+ / Proofsol LWP @ 220ml per bag of cement to vertical surface including application of acrylic bond coat and sand sprinkling to create key to plaster, etc, complete.
-
-
-
2.7) MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL WORK ITEMS
-
-
-
2.7.1) Rebar anchoring / dowelling for following diameter of bars including scaffolding , drilling holes to required depth in existing RCC member with due care of PT Tendons, cleaning the holes embeding and fixing reinforcement rods with Fischer Chemical FISV360s / 'lockset' or equivalent compound as per manufacturer's specifications, making good surface to the satisfaction of Engineer, etc complete, as directed by the engineer In Charge.
(Reinforcing bars shall be paid in relevant Item)
-
-
-
2.7.1.1) 12 mm (160mm min. embedment depth) or as per the design requirement.
753
-
-
2.7.1.2) 16mm (210mm min. embedment depth) or as per the design requirement.
190
-
-
2.7.1.3) 20mm (260 mm min. embedment depth) or as per the design requirement.
120
-
-
2.7.1.4) 25mm (325 mm min. embedment depth) or as per the design requirement.
145
-
-
2.7.2) Drilling with core cutting machine in RCC slabs, walls etc. wherever required in buildings, manholes, ducts etc. for laying pipes, and making good the same to give an even finish . The rate shall include the cost of drilling core, providing water proofing compound for sealing the joints around the pipes, nominal reinforcement wherever required, scaffolding and labour charges for working at all levels, leads and heights. (Maximum thickness of RCC members shall be 300mm) and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
-
-
-
2.7.2.1) Upto 200mm dia
25
-
-
2.7.3) Providing and fixing in position pre-moulded joint filler in expansion joints.
300000
-
-
2.7.4) Providing and laying 75 to 100 micron HDPE film over compacted earth/blinded soling to act as vapour barrier including cutting lapping, jointing etc. complete: Rate to include net overlapping of joints by 100mm. Sealing joints with adhesive (Only plan area to be measured for payment). complete as directed by engineer in charge.
5400
-
-
2.7.5) Providing and laying PVC pipe of 100 mm dia of class 2 (working pressure 4kg/sqcm) conforming to I.S. 4985:2000 for weep holes length not more than 2m at specified locations including cutting to required length, placing with desired slopes and at various levels, creating filter media on filling side of 300mm X 300mm X 300mm in gravel & sand mixture etc complete as directed by Engineer In charge. (Make: finolex or equivalent)
10
-
-
2.7.6) Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia. 10 metre openable length (total length 90m), having 50nos. Round per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall with existing angle iron 'Y' shaped placed 2.4 m or 3.00 m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or G.I barbed wire tied angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T)/Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165kg/sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/meter (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately)
1110
-
-
2.7.7) Providing and fixing tapered / parallel threaded couplers conforming to IS code on “Reinforcement Couplers for Mechanical Splices of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement - Specification”, to reinforcement bars including threading, enlargement at connection by forging, protecting the prepared reinforcement bars and related operations as required to complete the works per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (The length of the bars in which coupler is to be provided should not be less than 4 metre, no deduction for labour and binding wire saved for not providing lap length shall be made)
-
-
-
2.7.7.1) Coupler for 20 mm diameter reinforcement bar
500
-
-
2.7.7.2) Coupler for 25 mm diameter reinforcement bar
500
-
-
2.7.7.3) Coupler for 32 mm diameter reinforcement bar
500
-
-
2.7.8) Providing and fixing skylight of polycarbonate sheet of approved shape/ design 16mm thick Multicell X-structure with maximum 18% transparency and UV (Ultra Violate) protected with necessary fixing system of 60 x 60 and EPDM Rubber gasket fixed to supporting structural steel frame. Polycarbonate sheet will be as approved by Engineer-In-Charge. Fabrication of the skylight will be done from the approved fabricators. (Supporting MS frame shall be included). The unit rate includes the cost of all ancillary works including aluminium antidust tapes, aluminium U-profile to seal the ends as required for proper completion of work as per drawing, specifications and as directed by Developer including the cost of scaffolding, curing, all other accessory & fixing arrangement etc. complete. The surface area of polycarbonate sheet of skylight shall be measured for payment.
330
-
-
2.7.9) Providing and erecting Galvalume / Zincalume Sheets from approved manufacturers / suppliers (Lloyds / Interarch / Tata BlueScope) manufactured with steel of yield strength 550 MPa., 0.5 TCT with metallic organic coating of 150 gem Zinc Aluminium including all accessories like hexa- head, self drilling screws of size no. 12-14 x 15 mm at every crest with EPDM washers and colour head to match colour of sheeting as per approved fabrication drawings, which are to be supplied by contractor including all sides, end laps as per specifications and sealing of laps with silicon non-hardening type sealant and foam filler wherever required as directed by Engineer-in-Charge, making openings as per drawings, including testing for leakages etc. complete.
Note: Net covered area will be considered for payment
-
-
-
2.7.9.1) Colour Coated Galvalume / zincalume sheets 0.5 TCT for roofing of approved colour
1680
-
-
2.7.9.2) Colour Coated Galvalume / zincalume sheets 0.5 TCT for cladding of approved colour
580
-
-
2.7.9.3) Colour Coated Galvalume / zincalume sheets 0.5 TCT for Special Coverings like ridge cap, barge board, flashings and capping etc 600mm wide of approved colour
40
-
-
2.7.9.4) Colour Coated Galvalume / zincalume Crimp Curve up to 900mm wide of approved colour
25
-
-
2.7.10) Providing and fixing 50mm thick Rockwool ( density - 48kg/ cum) insulation under Galvalume roof sheeting and cladding at all heights, including backing with Aluglass facing sheet, providing anf fixing G.I. wire mesh of 16 guage etc. complete including all fixtures as directed by Engineer In charge.
1700
-
-
2.7.11) Supplying, detailing, and fabricating as per specifications and as per fabrication drawings, transporting to site and erecting 1.5 mm thick GI sheet gutter (Girth minimum upto 1.2m x 300mm wide) with all necessary supporting arrangement laid to proper slope, at all heights and levels, including including making necessary connections with rain water down take pipes etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
100
-
-
2.7.12) Providing and fixing bird mesh in the gap between Cladding Sheet and Wall line with Galvanised Welded wire mesh of 10 gauge of minimum size 50 x 50 mm with necessary supporting arrangement (Bird wire mesh.). Complete as directed by engineer in charge.
200
-
-
2.7.13) Providing and casting in Situ Plain Cement Concrete screed of grade M15 and of 75 mm average thickness, using 10mm downgraded aggregate, at all heights, levels and depths including shuttering, de-shuttering, levelling to desired slope, compacting, trowelling, finishing the surface with neat cement slurry, curing, etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
300
-
-
2.7.14) Encasing rolled steel sections, in beams and columns, with cement concrete 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size including cantering and shuttering complete but, excluding cost of reinforcement.
25
-
-
2.7.15) Providing and fixing the Mechanical Anchor Fasteners of Hilti / Fischer / Mungo Make or equivalent conforming to IS 1367 Part 3 as specified below at all height and locations and levels including drilling the hole, cleaning and anchoring the bolt as per manufacturer's specifications etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge. for..
-
-
-
2.7.15.1) M16 x 140
65
-
-
2.7.15.2) M20 x 200
35
-
-
2.7.16) Providing and fixing Chemical Anchor Fasteners of Hilti / Fischer / Mungo Make or equivalent conforming to IS 1367 Part 3 as specified below at required locations and level including drilling the hole, cleaning with blow pump and anchoring the bolt with chemical as per manufacturer's specifications etc complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
-
-
-
2.7.16.1) M12 x 110
125
-
-
2.7.16.2) M16 x 125
80
-
-
2.7.17) Providing granular bedding with carefully compacted backfill at all level using graded hard crusher broken stone 100% passing through 20 m sieve,20-50% passing through 10 mm sieve and 100% retained on 6 mm sieve, laying in layers not more than 15 cm thick including ramming,watering,compaction etc. Complete for pipe bedding and surrounding as per drawing and as directed by the engineer in charge.(Width of bedding=OD+400 mm)
2034
-
-
2.7.18) Providing and laying Non Pressure NP-3 class (Medium duty) R.C.C. pipes including collars/spigot jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of joints etc. complete
-
-
-
2.7.18.1) 150 mm dia RCC pipes.
1364
-
-
2.7.18.2) 300 mm dia RCC pipes.
4321
-
-
2.7.18.3) 450 mm dia RCC pipes.
729
-
-
2.7.18.4) 600 mm dia.
171
-
-
2.7.18.5) 900 mm dia RCC pipes.
460
-
-
2.7.19) Providing and constructing inspection chamber of clear inner size 1200mm x 1500mm in 230 mm thick Brick Masonry wall up to depth 1m and 340mm thick from 1 m to 2m depth in cement mortar 1:4 (Bricks shall have minimum crushing strength of 5 N/sq.mm), with 20mm thick waterproof cement plaster in cement mortar 1:3 on outer faces and 12mm thick neat waterproof cement plaster in cement mortar 1:3 on inner faces including 200 mm minimum thick foundation and 150mm thk coping at top in concrete grade M15, plastering and cement rendering chamber bottom, making connections with inlet and outlet pipes, fixing approved quality RCC manhole cover with frame complete including excavation, backfilling, providing and embeding orange coloured safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulation as per IS : 10910, on 12 mm dia steel bar conforming to IS: 1786, at 300mm c/c, shuttering, de-shuttering, curing, scaffolding, dewatering if necessary etc. complete as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge for depth
-
-
-
2.7.19.1) Chamber depth up to 1.2 m, for M.D. (Medium duty) Covers & frames conforming to I.S. 12592 Part-I & Part-II. Note: Depth shall be measured from bottom of the chamber cover
40
-
-
2.7.20) Providing and constructing inspection chamber of clear inner size 1500mm x 1500mm in 230 mm thick Brick Masonry wall up to depth 1m and 340mm thick from 1 m to 2m depth in cement mortar 1:4 (Bricks shall have minimum crushing strength of 5 N/sq.mm), with 20mm thick waterproof cement plaster in cement mortar 1:3 on outer faces and 12mm thick neat waterproof cement plaster in cement mortar 1:3 on inner faces including 200 mm minimum thick foundation and 150mm thk coping at top in concrete grade M15, plastering and cement rendering chamber bottom, making connections with inlet and outlet pipes, fixing approved quality RCC manhole cover with frame complete including excavation, backfilling, providing and embeding orange coloured safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulation as per IS : 10910, on 12 mm dia steel bar conforming to IS: 1786, at 300mm c/c, shuttering, de-shuttering, curing, scaffolding, dewatering if necessary etc. complete as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge for depth
-
-
-
2.7.20.1) Chamber depth more than 1m and up to 1.5 m, for M.D. (Medium duty) Covers & frames conforming to I.S. 12592 Part-I & Part-II.
Note: Depth shall be measured from bottom of the chamber cover
10
-
-
2.7.21) Supplying, fabricating and Erecting Chain Link fencing of G.I. mesh of size 50 x 50 mm diamond pattern of 4mm dia. GI wire and as per specifications and drawings, including providing and erecting 65 x 65 x 8 angle posts @ 2.4m C/C with cross support at every 8th pole and at corners, MS Angle 35mm x 35mm x 3mm thick at top and bottom of chain link with necessary U hooks, nuts and bolts, washers, total height of fencing @ 2.5m above ground including embedding the angle post in cement concrete block of size 0.45m x 0.45m x 0.6m of grade M15 (20mm downgraded), with necessary excavation, cleaning and preparing surface, applying one coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer and two coats of Synthetic Enamel paint after fabrication and touch-up paint after erection if required of approved manufacture, brand, colour, shade etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
109
-
-
2.7.22) Providing, detailing, and fabricating as per specifications, transporting to site and erecting MS Swing type gate fabricated using MS Hollow pipe sections and GI Chain link fabric of size 50 x 50mm (diamond pattern with 4mm dia. of GI wire) including fixing bolts, nuts, washers, cleats, stiffeners, gussets and all necessary operations such as but not limited to straightening, bending, cutting, drilling, grinding, machining if specified, welding etc. complete including cleaning, Grinding and removing the welding burr and preparing surface and applying one coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer and one coat of Epoxy paint after fabrication and second coat of Epoxy paint after erection, with approved colour, shade and brand etc. including touching up with primer and paint etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
3981
-
-
2.7.23) Providing and spreading ballast using 80mm size stone metal for thickness of 100mm all complete as directed by Engineer In Charge.
48
-
-
2.7.24) Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :
-
-
-
2.7.24.1) Two or more coats on new work
236
-
-
2.7.25) Providing, hoisting and fixing at all heights and levels precast reinforced cement concrete perforated / non perforated covers with lifting hooks not exceeding 1.5m clear span up to floor five level, including the cost of required cantering, shuttering but , excluding the cost of reinforcement, with M40 grade concrete.
5
-
-
2.8) BLOCK WORK
-
-
-
2.8.1) Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 100 mm thick AAC blocks in super structure above plinth level up to floor V level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand ). The rate includes providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6 mm dia M.S. bars at every third course of masonry work.
444
-
-
2.8.2) Extra for brick work / AAC block masonry / Tile brick masonry in superstructure above floor V level, for each four floors or part thereof by
mechanical means.
103
-
-
2.8.3) Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 150mm/200mm/230mm/300 mm thick AAC blocks in super structure above plinth level up to floor V level with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineering- Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for separately).
3316
-
-
2.8.4) Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in:
-
-
-
2.8.4.1) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
240
-
-
2.8.5) Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level in all shapes and sizes in :
-
-
-
2.8.5.1) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
1002
-
-
2.9) PILE WORK
-
-
-
2.9.1) Boring, providing and installation bored cast-in-situ reinforced cement concrete piles of grade M-25 of specified diameter and length below the pile cap, to carry a safe working load not less than specified, excluding the cost of steel reinforcement but including the cost of boring with bentonite solution and temporary casing of appropriate length for setting out and removal of same and the length of the pile to be embedded in the pile cap etc. by percussion drilling using Direct mud circulation (DMC) or Bailer and chisel technique by tripod and mechanical Winch Machine all complete, including removal of excavated earth with all its lifts and leads (length of pile for payment shall be measured up to bottom of pile cap).
Note: Truck Mounted rotary/TMR/Tube well boring machine shall not
be used .
Note- The chipping off / dismantling of excess pile head concrete upto desired level of pile cap shall not be paid separately and the same shall be included in this item
-
-
-
2.9.1.1) 500 mm dia. Piles
5236
-
-
2.9.1.2) 600 mm dia. Piles
12106
-
-
2.9.1.3) 750 mm dia. Piles
3139
-
-
2.9.2) Vertical load testing of piles in accordance with IS 2911 (Part IV) including installation of loading platform by Kentledge/Anchor piles method and preparation of pile head or construction of test cap and dismantling of test cap after test etc. complete as per specification & the direction of Engineer in-charge. Note: 1. Initial and Routine Load Test shall not be carried out by Dynamic method of testing.
Note: 2. Testing agency shall submit the design of loading platform for the approval of Engineer-in-charge.
-
-
-
2.9.2.1) Single pile upto 50 tonne Safe capacity
-
-
-
2.9.2.1.1) Initial test (Test Load 2.5 times the Safe capacity)
2
-
-
2.9.2.1.2) Routine test (Test Load 1.5 times the Safe capacity)
4
-
-
2.9.2.2) Single pile above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne Safe capacity
-
-
-
2.9.2.2.1) Initial test (Test Load 2.5 times the Safe capacity)
2
-
-
2.9.2.2.2) Routine test (Test Load 1.5 times the Safe capacity)
4
-
-
2.9.2.3) Single pile above 100 tonne and upto 200 tonne Safe capacity
-
-
-
2.9.2.3.1) Initial test (Test Load 2.5 times the Safe capacity)
2
-
-
2.9.2.3.2) Routine test (Test Load 1.5 times the Safe capacity)
4
-
-
2.9.3) Conducting routine vertical load test for 1.5 times safe load carrying capacity by means of High Strain Dynamic Load Test including provision and erection of crane- hammer-drop mechanism, acceleration and displacement velocity transducers to record both force and velocity including excavation, dewatering, preparation of pile head including building up of pile, additional reinforcement if any etc. all complete as per approved method (ASTM D4945-89), submission of test report, specifications and instructions of the Engineer for piles of following diameter :
-
-
-
2.9.3.1) 500 mm
1
-
-
2.9.3.2) 600 mm
1
-
-
2.9.3.3) 750 mm
1
-
-
2.9.4) Lateral load testing of single pile in accordance with IS Code of practice IS : 2911 (Part IV) for determining safe allowable lateral load on pile :
-
-
-
2.9.4.1) Upto 50 tonne capacity pile
4
-
-
2.9.4.2) Above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne capacity pile
4
-
-
2.9.5) Integrity testing of Pile using Low Strain/ Sonic Integrity Test/ Sonic Echo Test method in accordance with IS 14893 including surface preparation of pile top by removing soil, mud, dust & chipping lean concrete lumps etc. and use of computerised equipment and high skill trained personal for conducting the test & submission of results, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
1100
-
-
2.9.6) Conducting cross-hole test in Bored Cast In-situ piles through 50 mm diameter PVC pipes shall be embedded (minimum numbers of pipes are indicated against each diameter of piles) during the construction, including cleaning the PVC pipes, supply of testing equipment and approach, carrying out the test by a qualified and experienced personnel, interpretation of results, submission of test reports complete in all respects as directed by the Engineer, for pile having diameter of:
Note:- The Test to be conducted within 3 day from the date of installation of pile otherwise payment shall not be made under this item. It shall be paid under item 2.9.6
-
-
-
2.9.6.1) 500 mm-(minimum 3 Numbers PVC pipes to be embedded)
4
-
-
2.9.6.2) 600 mm-(minimum 4 Numbers PVC pipes to be embedded)
4
-
-
2.9.6.3) 750 mm-(minimum 5 Numbers PVC pipes to be embedded)
4
-
-
2.9.7) Conducting standard penetration tests as per IS: 2131 through pipe in all types of soil during boring only for such piles as directed, all as specified at every one metre interval, 16 m onwards from existing ground level and recording accurately the penetration.
275
-
-
2.9.8) VOID
-
-
-
2.9.9) Providing and casting in Situ Reinforced Cement Concrete of M50 grade with 20 mm downgraded coarse aggregates for test piles, and for all depths including shuttering, de-shuttering & reinforcement etc. complete as directed by Engineer In Charge. (Concrete for Liquid Retaining Structures and others as called for shall be water tight). No extra payment for sacrificial shuttering for RC elements etc. where it is not possible to remove shuttering after concreting as per approved scheme of shuttering. Minimum cement content is 400kg/cum
60
-
-
2.10) DISMANTLING AND DEMOLISHING
-
-
-
2.10.1) Demolishing cement concrete manually/ by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in - charge.
-
-
-
2.10.1.1) Nominal concrete 1:3:6 or richer mix (i/c equivalent design mix)
2
-
-
2.10.2) Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer - in- charge.
6
-
-
2.10.3) Extra for cutting reinforcement bars manually/ by mechanical means in R.C.C. or R.B. work (Payment shall be made on the cross sectional area of R.C.C. or R.B. work) as per direction of Engineer -in -charge.
3
-
-
2.10.4) Extra for scrapping, cleaning and straightening reinforcement from R.C.C. or R.B. work.
1198
-
-
2.10.5) Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
-
-
-
2.10.5.1) In cement mortar
18
-
-
2.10.7) Dismantling old plaster or skirting raking out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead.
179
-
-
2.10.8) Disposal of building rubbish / malba / similar unserviceable, dismantled
or waste materials by mechanical means, including loading, transporting,
unloading to approved municipal dumping ground or as approved by
Engineer-in-charge, beyond 50 m initial lead, for all leads including all lifts
involved.
18
-
-
3) PLUMBING WORKS
-
-
-
3.1) SANITARY WARES, FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
Note: "All the Non DSR items should be as per technical specifications with all the necessary accessories as required for complete installation"
-
-
-
3.1.1) Providing and fixing white vitreous china extended wall mounting water closet of size 570x370x360 mm of approved shape including providing & fixing white vitreous china cistern with dual flush fitting, of flushing capacity 3 litre/ 6 litre (adjustable to 4 litre/ 8 litres), including seat cover, and cistern fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket etc complete including all necessary fittings and accessories, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required. Make:- Hindustan/ Hindware 20006 white & Hindware 21029 white or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.1.1) W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid Polytuf 5006 or equivalent
150
-
-
3.1.2) Providing and fixing white vitreous china extended wall mounting water closet of size 560x350x390 mm of approved shape including providing & fixing white vitreous china concealed cistern with dual flush fitting, of flushing capacity 3 litre/ 6 litre (adjustable to 4 litre/ 8 litres), including seat cover, and cistern fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket etc complete including all necessary fittings and accessories, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required. Make:- Hindustan/ Hindware Dove 20080 (P 23.5) white & Hindware Concealo 80 or equivalent
-
-
-
W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid Polytuf 5006 or equivalent
3
-
-
3.1.3) Providing and fixing white bath tub of approved or equivalent make and minimum size: 152.5 x 76.5 x 45 cms, as approved by Engineer, with CP rim mounted mixer of approved or equivalent make, with telephonic shower of approved or equivalent make, over flow set, drain plug, with all fittings and fixtures complete, including cutting and making good the walls and floors, wherever required, all leads, lifts , levels and heights, including making all necessary connections all complete and as per the directions of Engineer.
Make Hindware - Marina 508575 IV or equivalent & F740018 Wall Mixer with Hand Shower Arrangement or equivalent & F160055 hand shower or equivalent.
1
-
-
3.1.4) Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I. brackets, 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps,32 mm C.P. brass waste of standard pattern, including painting of fittings and brackets, union & extension piece of required length and CP wall flange complete including cutting and making good the walls wherever required and as directed by the Engineer. All junctions shall be sealed with silicon sealant.: Make- Hindware10004 or equivalent & Hindware F100001 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.4.1) White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap.
9
-
-
3.1.5) Providing and fixing of Oval Wash Basin Over Counter Basin Round (41.5 cm dia.), union & extension piece of required length and CP wall flange complete including all fittings and accessories, cutting and making good the walls/floors wherever required and as directed by the Engineer. All junctions shall be sealed with silicon sealant. Make Hindware 10102 or equivalent
162
-
-
3.1.6) Providing and fixing of 15 mm C.P brass pillar tap including 450mm long braided hose of approved make and quality, and as approved and directed by the Engineer, including all necessary fittings ,accessories & materials required for fixing.
Make Hindware F100001 or equivalent
229
-
-
3.1.7) Providing and fixing of Wash Basin Under Counter Fonte of size 610cmx460cmx150cm & starwhite colour, with union & extension piece of required length and CP wall flange complete including all fittings and accessories, cutting and making good the walls/floors wherever required and as directed by the Engineer. All junctions shall be sealed with silicon sealant. Make Hindware 91043 or equivalent
3
-
-
3.1.8) Providing and fixing of 15 mm C.P brass pillar tap( Long neck & foam flow) & including all fittings and accessories complete Make F740002 or equivalent
3
-
-
3.1.9) Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350 mm or 340x410x265 mm sizes respectively.
Hindware White 60005 or equivalent
89
-
-
3.1.10) Providing and fixing universal angle valve with wall flange chrome finish urinal cock of approved quality and colour.
Make Hindware F850068 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.11) 15 mm nominal bore, 80 mm long, 42 mm high and 30 mm wide with BSP female threads weighing not less than 48 gms
89
-
-
3.1.12) Providing and fixing CP Bottle Trap for Wash basin and sink.
-
-
-
3.1.12.1) Bottle trap 31 mm single piece moulded with height of 270 mm, effective length of tail pipe 260 mm from the centre of the waste coupling, 77 mm breadth with 25 mm minimum water seal, weighing not less than 260 gms Make :- Hindware F850072 or equivalent
174
-
-
3.1.12.2) Bottle trap 38 mm single piece moulded with height of 270 mm, effective length of tail pipe 260 mm from the centre of the waste coupling, 77 mm breadth with 25 mm minimum water seal, weighing not less than 263 gms
Make Hindware F850073 or equivalent
109
-
-
3.1.13) Providing and Fixing 15 mm dia. two way CP brass bib cock with wall flange and ceramic disc cartridge complete , including cutting and making good the walls wherever required, making all necessary connections etc. All complete as directed by the Engineer.
Make :- Hindware F100004QT or equivalent
157
-
-
3.1.14) Supplying, Installing, Testing and Commissioning Health Faucet with 1200 mm Long CP Braided Hoses including connectors/wall hooks, adapters, GI nuts, bolts, washers, check nuts,C.P. brass two in one bib tap including necessary sleeve flanges, cock , angle valves and all other fittings/ accessories required for satisfactory installation complete. Make Hindware F160013 or equivalent
157
-
-
3.1.15) Providing and fixing of 15mm nominal bore CP Brass Angle valve confirming to IS: 8931, for wash basins, water coolers, geyser points, etc of approved quality and as approved by and directed by the Engineer. Make Hindware F850030 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.15.1) 15 mm nominal bore
601
-
-
3.1.16) Providing and fixing PVC Flexible Pipe connector with check nut and washer rubber ring for wash basin and sink and EWC cistern connection.
Make Hindware or equivalent
601
-
-
3.1.17) Providing and Fixing Chrome plated brass Liquid Soap Dispenser of approved make and quality, and as approved by the Engineer, including all necessary materials required for fixing. All complete as per directions of the Engineer.
Make Hindware or equivalent.
146
-
-
3.1.17) Providing and fixing toilet paper holder Make Hindware F880003 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.17.1) C.P. brass
157
-
-
3.1.18) Providing & fixing of C.P. brass twin coat hook. fixed to PVC cleats with C.P. brass screws etc inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete
Make Hindware (F880004)or equivalent
157
-
-
3.1.19) Providing and fixing towel rail complete with brackets fixed to wooden cleats with CP brass screws with concealed fitting arrangement of approved quality and colour.
-
-
-
3.1.19.1) 450 mm long towel rail with total length of 495 mm, 78 mm wide and effective height of 88 mm, weighing not less than 170 gms
Make Hindware-F880005 or equivalent
66
-
-
3.1.20) Supplying and fixing of 110mm dia straight type syphon uPVC WC pan connecter with neoprene rubber ring and necessary accessories etc., complete
157
-
-
3.1.21) Supply, erection & Commissioning in place of, Storage type WATER COOLER, with Purifier Capacity :120 Litres per hour inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
34
-
-
3.1.122) Providing and fixing of RO Unit inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
5
-
-
3.1.23) Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS 13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required: Make:- Nirali elegance or Apollo AS28, AS5 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.23.1) Kitchen sink without drain board
-
-
-
610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm
9
-
-
3.1.23.2) Kitchen sink with drain board
-
-
-
510x1040 mm bowl depth 250 mm
11
-
-
3.1.24) Providing and fixing towel ring trapezoidal shape 215 mm long, 200 mm wide with minimum distances of 37 mm from wall face with concealed fittings arrangement of approved quality and colour, weighing not less than 88 gms.
Make :- Hindware F880007 or equivalent
20
-
-
3.1.25) Providing and fixing Soap Dish Holder having length of 138 mm, breadth 102 mm, height of 75 mm with concealed fitting arrangements, weighing not less than 106 gms.
Make:- Hindware -F880011 or equivalent
75
-
-
3.1.26) Providing, fixing SS 20mm dia 1000 - 1200 mm long straight grab bar with flanges, fixed with SS screws complete for handicap toilet inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete
Make:- Hindware F880005 or equivalent
28
-
-
3.1.27) Providing and fixing of 15 mm dia wall mounted sink cock with mixer swivel spout inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete
Make -Hindware F100023QT or equivalent
7
-
-
3.1.28) Providing and fixing of 15 mm dia wall mounted sink cock with swivel spout inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge. Make :- Hindware F100024 or equivalent
12
-
-
3.1.29) Providing and fixing of 15 mm dia wall mounted sink cock with Normal swinging spout inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge. Make :- Hindware F120021 or equivalent
1
-
-
3.1.30) Providing and fixing Waste Coupling for wash basin and sink, of approved quality and colour Make : Hindware- F850023 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.30.1) Waste coupling 31 mm dia of 79 mm length and 62 mm breadth weighing not less than 45 gms
174
-
-
3.1.30.2) Waste coupling 38 mm dia of 79 mm length and 62 mm breadth weighing not less than 45 gms
105
-
-
3.1.31) Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of CP single lever mixer unit comprising of shower arm , exposed kit, diverter, spout, complete with necessary wall flanges, etc., complete All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
(Make :- Hindware Water Mixer F210012CP, Hindware F200028CP or equivalent)
62
-
-
3.1.32) Providing and fixing C.P. brass Single lever Divertor with Hot and cold inlets and outlets for spout and overhead shower with cast brass concealed part for the divertor unit of approved quality conforming to Manufacturers standards. Work to be completed as approved and directed by the Engineer.
Make-Hindware F440015 or equivalent
3
-
-
3.1.33) Providing & fixing C.P. Bath Spout with washer conforming to Manufacturers Standards. Work to be completed as per of approved Quality and as directed by the Engineer.
Make-Hindware - F440006 or equivalent
3
-
-
3.1.34) Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with 15 or 20 mm inlet inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete: Make Hindware - F160004 or equivalent.
-
-
-
3.1.34.1) 100 mm diameter
62
-
-
3.1.35) Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with 15 or 20 mm inlet inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete: Make Hindware F160041 or equivalent.
-
-
-
3.1.35.1) 200mm
3
-
-
3.1.36) Providing and fixing of Instant Electric Geyser 3 L inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete. All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
58
-
-
3.1.37) Providing and fixing of Instant/storage Electric Geyser 10 L for Kitchen inclusive of all fittings for installation as complete. All complete as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
2
-
-
3.1.38) Providing and fixing PTMT 15 mm Urinal spreader size 95x69x100 mm with 1/2" BSP thread and shapes, weighing not less than 60 gms.
Make Polytuf 1058 or equivalent
89
-
-
3.1.39) Providing and fixing white vitrious China water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C. pan) of approved make and quality with integral foot rests setting in cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), including providing and fixing of 100 mm ceramic deep seal/ sand cast Iron P or S trap, with 100 mm Sand Cast Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe, manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and fixtures complete, including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required: Make Hindware 20070 or equivalent
-
-
-
3.1.39.1) White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x430 mm with integral type foot rests
4
-
-
3.1.40) Providing and fixing of CP Eye Wash fountain conforming to IS: 10592 with self closing foot operated with SS Bowl having inlet of 15mm dia, bottle trap and waste coupling with all accessories complete as approved and directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
1
-
-
3.2) SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES
-
-
-
Note: "All the Non DSR items should be as per technical specifications with all the necessary accessories as required for complete installation"
-
-
-
Building Internal Drainage System
-
-
-
3.2.1) Supplying, Fixing and Testing uPVC pressure pipes (6 Kg/cm2) confirming to IS: 4985 for waste connection from wash basins and pantry sinks to floor trap/ anti syphonage pipe with solvent cement joints, including all the fittings, laid above false ceiling concealed in wall, etc., the work shall include wall chases and making good the same in cement mortar, etc., complete. The quoted rate should include necessary supports like GI hanger supports, GI grip bolts and GI clamps, etc., in false ceiling area as well as supplying and fixing GI slotted angle iron brackets, hangers, supports with necessary drilling holes to suit the insertion of pipe clamps, deburring, brickwork/ concrete supports etc., as per detailed drawing for supporting soil, waste and rain water pipes and water supply pipes in shafts with suitable GI clamps, GI bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and washers fixed on shaft walls outer walls, etc. The quoted rate shall include the cost of brackets galvanised with zinc alloy of 0.08 mm thick conforming to IS: 1239, etc., complete. The Rate shall also be inclusive of two coats of painting synthetic enamel paint of approved colour over one coat of primer and pipe identification labels and technical specification.
-
-
-
3.2.1.1) 50 mm dia ID
241
-
-
3.2.1.2) 40 mm dia ID
347
-
-
3.2.2) Supplying, Fixing and Testing uPVC soil, waste and vent pipes (SWR) confirming to IS: 13592 - 2013, and IS: 14735 Type B with rubber ring (confirming to IS: 5382) joint inclusive of all necessary specials like bends, tees, offsets, door bends, junctions, cowls, etc., laid under floor/ fixed on walls, hung under the ceiling, and in pipe shafts, etc., complete. The quoted rate should include lead and lifting charges to all levels, necessary scaffolding and supports like hanger supports, grip bolts and clamps and making good the openings, etc. The rate should include supplying and fixing GI slotted angle iron brackets, hangers, supports with necessary drilling holes to suit the insertion of pipe clamps, deburring etc., as per detailed drawing for supporting soil, waste and rain water pipes and water supply pipes in shafts with suitable fabricated GI clamps, GI bolts, GI anchor bolts, GI nuts and GI washers fixed on shaft walls outer walls, brick work/ concrete supports, etc. The quoted rate shall include the cost of brackets galvanised with zinc alloy of 0.08 mm thick conforming to IS: 1239, etc. complete. The Rate shall also be inclusive of 2 coats of painting synthetic enamel paint of approved colour over one coat of primer and pipe identification labels and technical specification.
-
-
-
3.2.2.1) 75 mm dia.
1025
-
-
3.2.2.2) 110 mm dia.
1800
-
-
3.2.3) Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion,
The Rate shall also be inclusive of two coats of painting synthetic enamel paint of approved colour over one coat of primer and pipe identification labels and technical specification
(i) Single socketed pipes
-
-
-
3.2.3.1) 75 mm diameter
570
-
-
3.2.3.2) 110 mm diameter
391
-
-
3.2.3.3) 160 mm diameter
315
-
-
3.2.4) Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe cast iron grating 15 cm diameter and weighing not less than 440 grams.
72
-
-
3.2.5) Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum thickness of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1 mx1 mx400 micron, finished with 12 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement, rounding the edges, making and finishing the outlet complete.
72
-
-
3.2.6) Providing and fixing unplasticised-PVC pipe clips of approved design to unplasticised-PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50 mm hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required length, including cutting brick work
160 mm Pipe
125
-
-
3.2.7) Providing and fixing unplasticised-PVC pipe clips of approved design to unplasticised-PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50 mm hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required length, including cutting brick work
100 mm Pipe
128
-
-
3.2.8) Providing and fixing unplasticised-PVC pipe clips of approved design to unplasticised-PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50 mm hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required length, including cutting brick work
75 mm Pipe
193
-
-
3.2.9) Providing and fixing of CI parapet drain for balcony rain water disposal. The CI parapet hopper shall be provided with galvanized grating and SS screws Size 100 x 280 mm
110
-
-
3.2.10) Supplying, Fixing and Testing uPVC Multi Floor Trap/ 'P' trap with SS grating with SS screw of size 125 mm x 125 mm, inlet 75 mm and outlet of 75 mm dia. bronze. Quoted rate shall include necessary uPVC pipe connector, extension pipe and reducing tee for waste pipe connections from wash and Kitchen area, etc. complete.
394
-
-
3.2.11) Supplying, Fixing and Testing SS Floor Cleanout cover with SS ring and SS screws with SS screws of size 125 mm x 125 mm for 82 mm diameter uPVC. Quoted rate shall include necessary connector/ adapters for Soil/ Waste Pipe connections complete.
112
-
-
3.2.12) Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design with screwed down or hinged grating with or without vent arm complete, including cost of cutting and making good the walls and floors:
-
-
-
3.2.12.1) 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet
-
-
-
3.2.12.1.1) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989
10
-
-
3.2.12.2) 100 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet
-
-
-
3.2.12.2.1) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989
10
-
-
3.2.13) Supplying, fixing and testing CI 'P' trap with stainless steel floor grating 125 x 125 mm size, inlet and outlet of 100 mm dia.. Quoted rate shall include necessary GI pipe hopper for waste Pipe connections from wash and Kitchen Areas etc., including necessary fittings complete.
4
-
-
3.2.14) Supplying, fixing and testing uPVC floor trap (heavy duty hinged type) with brass CP frame & cover (150mm x 150mm). Trap of 100 mm dia. Inlet and 75 mm dia outlet with a seal of at least 23 mm for waste from wash basins and shower fixed on a bed of cement concrete etc.,
150
-
-
3.2.15) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning UPVC Vent cowl as per IS 14735.
-
-
-
3.2.15.1) 75 mm Diameter
27
-
-
3.2.15.2) 100 mm Diameter
100
-
-
3.2.16) Providing and fixing ,jointing with lead free sealant for soil, waste and vent pipes including fittings etc for canteen kitchen drainage only :
-
-
-
3.2.16.1) Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socket & spigot (S&S) pipe as per IS: 3989
50
-
-
100 mm dia
-
-
-
3.2.16.2) Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socketed pipe as per IS: 3989
40
-
-
75 mm diameter
-
-
-
3.3) INTERNAL BUILDING WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
-
-
-
Note: "All the Non DSR items should be as per technical specifications with all the necessary accessories as required for complete installation"
-
-
-
3.3.1) Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings, with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
-
-
-
Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the walls, etc
-
-
-
NOTE: The pipe of sizes 50mm & below shall be of SDR-11 Class and pipe of sizes 65mm & above shall be of Sch-40.
-
-
-
3.3.1.1) 15 mm nominal outer dia pipes
726
-
-
3.3.1.2) 20 mm nominal outer dia pipes
591
-
-
3.3.1.3) 25 mm nominal outer dia pipes
411
-
-
3.3.1.4) 32 mm nominal outer dia pipes
80
-
-
3.3.1.5) 40 mm nominal outer dia pipes
91
-
-
3.3.2) Providing and Fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, including fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer.
The Rate shall also be inclusive of two coats of painting synthetic enamel paint of approved colour over one coat of primer and pipe identification labels and technical specification.
-
-
-
Internal Work - Exposed on wall
-
-
-
NOTE: The pipe of sizes 50mm & below shall be of SDR-11 Class and pipe of sizes 65mm & above shall be of Sch-40.
-
-
-
3.3.2.1) 15 mm nominal outer dia pipes
420
-
-
3.3.2.2) 20 mm nominal outer dia pipes
820
-
-
3.3.2.3) 25 mm nominal outer dia pipes
940
-
-
3.3.2.4) 32 mm nominal outer dia pipes
400
-
-
3.3.2.5) 40 mm nominal outer dia pipes
585
-
-
3.3.2.6) 50 mm nominal outer dia pipes
490
-
-
3.3.2.7) 65 mm nominal outer dia pipes
375
-
-
3.3.2.8) 80 mm nominal outer dia pipes
65
-
-
3.3.3) Supplying and wrapping closed cell nitrile rubber Armaflex 6mm thick tape for concealed piping & 19 mm thick tube for exposed piping for hot water pipes thermal insulation for toilet internals / roof as per manufacturer's instruction. The exposed pipes on roof shall be protected with aluminium cladding of 24 gauge sheet.
-
-
-
3.3.3.1) 15 mm dia
190
-
-
3.3.3.2) 20 mm dia
105
-
-
3.3.3.3) 25 mm dia
145
-
-
3.3.3.4) 32 mm dia
115
-
-
3.3.3.5) 40 mm dia
25
-
-
3.3.4) Supplying, Installing and Testing approved make forged brass ball valves full bore, thread conforming to IS: 1703 with all necessary fittings & accessories i.e., unions, connectors, adapters, PTFE tape etc., complete as directed & specified.
-
-
-
3.3.4.1) 15 mm nominal bore
4
-
-
3.3.4.2) 20 mm nominal bore
164
-
-
3.3.4.3) 25 mm nominal bore
155
-
-
3.3.4.4) 32 mm nominal bore
51
-
-
3.3.4.5) 40 mm nominal bore
63
-
-
3.3.4.6) 50 mm nominal bore
65
-
-
3.3.7) Providing and fixing C.I. butterfly valves , water end type class PN 1.6 as per I.S:13095 or BS:5155 with integrally moulded linear of nitrile or EPDM, SS Disc and lever operated including necessary nuts, bolts, gaskets, flanges etc. All complete and as per the directions of the Engineer
-
-
-
3.3.7.1) 80 mm dia
11
-
-
3.3.7.2) 65 mm dia
28
-
-
3.3.8) Providing & fixing Auto Air vent for cold water supply risers, suitable for pressure not less than 15 Kg/Sq.cm. including all accessories for satisfactory installation with necessary connecting 'fittings like valves, flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete.
-
-
-
3.3.8.1) 20 mm dia
91
-
-
3.3.9) Providing, fixing , testing and commissioning Digital Water Meter with all necessary fitting such as communication cable , threaded pieces, unions pressure gauge, isolation cock, flanges piece for future removal, flanges / unions complete with all necessary testing charges and obtaining test certificates from municipal authorities, on following size pipe lines (1 each strainer shall be provided at inlet, 2 no's isolation valves at inlet & outlet, 1 no NRV on outlet including concrete meter chamber with frames & cover / aluminium 22 gauges housing with cover & lock for internal meters. The meter shall comply to ISO 4064 standard, feasible for class B or Class A installation. Water meter shall communicate with DDC or PLC through open communication protocol such as RS-485, MODBUS, BACnet etc. Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete
-
-
-
3.3.9.1) 25mm dia
19
-
-
3.3.9.2) 40mm dia
12
-
-
3.3.9.3) 50 mm dia
6
-
-
3.3.9.4) 65 mm dia
2
-
-
3.3.10) Constructing masonry chamber 60x45x50 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for water meter complete with C.I. double flap surface box 400x200x200 mm (inside) with locking arrangement and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand :10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design:
-
-
-
3.3.10.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular ) bricks of class designation 7.5
39
-
-
3.3.11) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning pressure reducing station for cold water supply comprising of 2 Nos Gun Metal ball valves on inlet & outlet, 1 No pressure reducing valve with flanged connection, 1 No. `Y' strainer, 2 Nos Pressure gauge on inlet & outlet, and 1 No. 15 mm dia safety valve. The complete system is tested to a pressure not less than 15 Kg/Sq.cm and suitable to reduce the pressure up to 3 Kg/Sq.cm) Including flanges/ unions, nuts, bolts and washers complete as required.
-
-
-
3.3.11.1) 25 mm dia (Brass Housing - PRV)
4
-
-
3.3.11.2) 32 mm dia (Brass Housing - PRV)
1
-
-
3.3.11.3) 40 mm dia (Brass Housing - PRV)
1
-
-
3.3.11.4) 50 mm dia (CI Housing - PRV)
4
-
-
3.3.12) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning in position electrically operated level sensor based solenoid valve with level electrodes for water tank inlet as shown in drawing & specified in specification including weather proof housing, control panel, isolator, cables, accessories etc complete. Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete
-
-
-
3.3.12.1) 25mm dia
19
-
-
3.3.12.2) 40mm dia
16
-
-
3.3.12.3) 50 mm dia
4
-
-
3.3.12.4) 65 mm dia
2
-
-
3.4) PLANT ROOM
-
-
-
3.4.1) Domestic Water Transfer Pump set
Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
1
-
-
(a) In-Line, Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 3 (2 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 3.75 LPS
-
-
-
Head: 50 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Domestic
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.2) Drinking Water Transfer Pump set
Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
1
-
-
(a) In-Line, Horizontal/Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 2 ( 1 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate:1. 5 LPS
-
-
-
Head: 50 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Domestic
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.3) Raw Water Transfer Pump set (From tank to WTP)
Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
1
-
-
(a) In-Line, Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 3 (2 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 3.5 LPS
-
-
-
Head: 20 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Domestic
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.4) Flushing Water Transfer Pump set
Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
1
-
-
(a) In-Line, Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 3 (2 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 3.125 LPS
-
-
-
Head: 50 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Flushing
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.5) Irrigation Water Transfer Pump set
Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
1
-
-
(a) In-Line, Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 2 (1 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 8.7 LPS
-
-
-
Head: 35 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Landscape
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.6) Terrace booster pump set Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of Compact Self Contained Skid Water Transfer System as follows:
3
-
-
(a) In-Line, Vertical Multistage, centrifugal pumps with with suitable TEFC squirrel cage induction motor working on three phase 50 Hz ± 3%, 415V± 10% along with base frame, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. complete set as per relevant IS and following MOC, Impeller and wearing ring - Bronze, shaft with sleeves - SS, Casing - CI, Base frame - MS.
-
-
-
(Contractor to submit performance curves and technical catalogue of the proposed model for review and information).
-
-
-
(b) The pump shall be selected for performance at best efficiency point. However, the pump selection shall be suitable for performance with set point @ + 20% of the rated head.
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 2 (1 No Working + 1 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 55 LPM
-
-
-
Head: 10 M
-
-
-
Purpose: Terrace Booster pump
-
-
-
(c) Complete Skid mounted Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring, pressure switches and any other necessary imports, compatible with BMS with ethernet provision and earthing connection to main earth grid etc (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
(d) Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
(e) Precharged diaphragm pressure vessel (of suitable capacity as per pump manufacturer) with food grade membrane, charging connection, connected to outlet header with necessary matching flanges, gaskets, isolating valves, nuts / bolts etc complete. Tank shall be epoxy painted for greater protection against atmospheric elements .
-
-
-
(f) All pumps shall be alternate in operation/stand-by, accordingly pump vendor to provide logic control.
-
-
-
3.4.7) Submersible Storm Water / Dewatering Pumps: Centrifugal Non-clog Water Pumps
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of continuous duty submersible centrifugal non-clogging storm water pumps complete with 3 phase motor with all necessary protection and mechanical seal, etc. Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/low level alarm. Pumps shall be supplied with 2 Nos float switches & electrical control panels with cables & accessories for auto/ manual mode operation complete as specified & directed by Engineer/ Owner.
Contractor shall submit proposed pump model with duty curve.
-
-
-
3.4.7.1) Solid Handling : 10-12 mm
Purpose : Pump Room Surface Drainage & WTP to storm water drain
MOC : Stainless Steel
Flow rate : 5 LPS
Head : 15 Mts
Pumps :- 1W+1S
2
-
-
3.4.7.2) Solid Handling : 10-12 mm
Purpose : Excess STP water to storm water drain
MOC : Stainless Steel Flow rate : 10 LPS
Head : 15 Mts Pumps :- 1W+1S
1
-
-
3.4.8) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning Capacitance Type Electronic level Indicator for Raw Water, Domestic, Drinking & Flushing Water Tanks each consisting of level sensor, cable and panel mounted level indicator complete.
16
-
-
3.4.9) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning Capacitive type level controller consisting of level sensors / float switch, side mounted or top mounted as per detail design stilling pipe cables for Raw Water Tanks, Drinking tank, Flushing Water Tank, Sumps & Overhead Water Tanks etc complete
37
-
-
3.4.10) Providing and fixing heavy duty G.I. pipe(For suction & delivery of pumps and equipment) conforming to IS: 1239 up to 150 mm diameter and IS: 3589 for 200 mm diameter and above, including reducers, tees, flanges, elbows, crosses, unions, etc and fixing of pipes on wall / ceiling / beam / floor including clamping / supporting the same as per the direction of Engineer, and shall be duly painted with two coats of approved quality synthetic enamel paint and shade over a ready-mix primer coat complete as required and as per the directions of the Engineer for the following sizes:
-
-
-
3.4.10.1) 150 NB (G.I)
10
-
-
3.4.10.2) 100 NB (GI)
30
-
-
3.4.10.3) 80 NB (GI)
15
-
-
3.4.10.4) 65 NB (GI)
15
-
-
3.4.10.5) 50 NB (GI)
10
-
-
3.4.11) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning manually operated cast Iron sluice valve P.N 10 as per IS 14846 with necessary connecting 'fittings like flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete.
-
-
-
3.4.11.1) 150 NB (CI)
2
-
-
3.4.11.2) 100 NB (CI)
2
-
-
3.4.11.3) 80 NB (CI)
1
-
-
3.4.12) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning manually operated Butterfly Valve P.N 10 as per IS 13095 with necessary connecting 'fittings like flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete.
-
-
-
3.4.12.1) 100 NB (CI)
10
-
-
3.4.12.2) 80 NB (CI)
4
-
-
3.4.12.3) 65 NB (CI)
6
-
-
3.4.13) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning CI Non Return Valve P.N 10 as per IS 5312 with necessary connecting 'fittings like flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete.
-
-
-
3.4.13.1) 100 NB (CI)
12
-
-
3.4.13.2) 80 NB (CI)
10
-
-
3.4.13.3) 65 NB (CI)
4
-
-
3.4.13.4) 50 NB (CI)
2
-
-
3.4.14) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning Pressure Gauges on discharge line of each raw water pump with ball valve. Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete
4
-
-
3.4.15) Supplying, Installing, testing & Commissioning cast iron Strainer P.N 10 with necessary connecting 'fittings like flanges, nuts and bolts etc., complete.
-
-
-
3.4.15.1) 150 NB (CI)
2
-
-
3.4.15.2) 100 NB (CI)
2
-
-
3.4.15.3) 80 NB (CI)
4
-
-
3.4.16) 560 mm diameter D.I. cover with hinged frame (light duty) the weight of the cover to be not less than 38 kg (A-15) LDfor underground tanks
34
-
-
3.4.17) Providing and fixing in position of approved quality high pressure rated Gun Metal Float Valve with copper ball float and brass rods of required length suitable for test pressure of not less than 10 Kg/sqcm of the following sizes: r Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete
-
-
-
3.4.17.1) 50 mm
5
-
-
3.4.17.2) 25 mm
3
-
-
3.5) CIVIL WORK
-
-
-
3.5.1) Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor levels) polyethylene water storage tank ISI : 12701 marked, with cover and suitable locking arrangement and making necessary holes for inlet, outlet and overflow pipes but with fittings.
-
-
-
Circular tank
-
-
-
3.5.1.1) 200 litres
8
-
-
3.5.1.2) 500 litres
3
-
-
3.5.1.3) 1000 litres
9
-
-
3.5.1.4) 1500 litres
3
-
-
3.5.1.5) 2000 litres
3
-
-
3.5.1.6) 4000 litres
2
-
-
3.5.1.7) 7500 litres
2
-
-
3.5.1.8) 25000 litres
1
-
-
3.5.2) Rubber Sheet 5 mm thick below Overhead water tank
145
-
-
3.5.3) PVC Male & female connector with rubber gasket and necessary fittings for water tanks inlet, outlet, drain , overflow etc. shall be mosquitoes proof wherever required. R Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete
-
-
-
3.5.3.1) 25 mm dia
48
-
-
3.5.3.2) 32 mm dia
5
-
-
3.5.3.3) 40 mm dia
18
-
-
3.5.3.4) 50 mm dia
40
-
-
3.5.3.5) 65 mm dia
20
-
-
3.5.3.6) 80 mm dia
1
-
-
3.5.4) Providing and fixing vent pipe of 80mm dia CPVC medium duty pipe comprising of two bends and brass mosquito proof mesh including all leads, lifts , levels and heights, painting of all the pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel paint in two coats. All complete as per the directions of EIC.
39
-
-
3.5.8) Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per IS : 10910 on 12 mm dia steel bar conforming to IS : 1786, having minimum cross section as 23 mm x 25 mm and over all minimum length 263 mm and width as 165 mm with minimum 112 mm space between protruded legs having 2 mm tread on top surface by ribbing or chequering besides necessary and adequate anchoring projections on tail length on 138 mm as per standard drawing and suitable to with stand the
bend test and chemical resistance test as per specifications and having manufacture’s permanent identification mark to be visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement
concrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) complete as per design.
290
-
-
3.5.9) Providing and fixing 600 mm long MS hot dip galvanized Puddle Flange ANSI B 16.5, 150# fabricated out of 6 mm thick MS plates of suitable size and pipe shall be confirming to IS:1239 heavy class pipes properly fixed in walls / top slab of tanks. The entire fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. Length shall be minimum 600 mm or wall thickness plus 200 mm on either side (which ever is more). Inclusive of all blank flanges as per detail design .Each Puddle shall be flanged on outer side for connection of pipe / fittings all complete as per directions of Engineer-In-Charge.
-
-
-
3.5.9.1) 250mm dia.
5
-
-
3.5.9.2) 200mm dia.
4
-
-
3.5.9.3) 150mm dia.
15
-
-
3.5.9.4) 100mm dia.
26
-
-
3.5.9.5) 80mm dia.
16
-
-
3.5.9.6) 65mm dia.
32
-
-
3.5.9.7) 50mm dia.
50
-
-
3.5.9.8) 40mm dia.
17
-
-
3.5.9.9) 25mm dia.
37
-
-
3.5.10) Providing and fixing of 0.8 mtr long vent pipe of 100mm dia GI medium duty pipe comprising of two bends and brass mosquito proof mesh including all leads, lifts , levels and heights, painting of all the pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel paint in two coats. All complete as per the directions of EIC.
38
-
-
3.5.11) Providing and fixing sump pump covers of G.I. Chequered plate 4.5 mm thick with openable handles on to M.S. Hot Dip Galvanized angle frame.
5
-
-
3.5.12) Supplying & fixing hot dip galvanized channel steel grating 150 mm wide & 1000 mm long (outside dimension) fabricated from MS flat bar 25 mm wide 3 mm thick, weight of grating per meter shall be not less than 4.1 kgs, complete as specified, shown in drawings and directed as per instruction of client.
100
-
-
3.5.13) Supplying & fixing hot dip galvanized steel angle 30 mm x 3 mm (thick) including anchor at 1.5 meter spacing complete as specified, shown in drawings and directed as per instruction of client.
200
-
-
3.6) ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FOR WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
-
-
-
3.6.1) Fabrication, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of electrical control panel of cubical construction, floor mounted type fabricated out of 2mm Thick CRCA sheet, compartmentalized with hinged lockable doors, dust and vermin proof, powder coated of approved shade after 7 tank treatment process, cable alley, inter-connection, having switchgears and accessories mounting and internal wiring, earth terminals, numbering, etc., complete in all respects suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. AC supply with enclosure protection class IP 52 as required. Including supply installation , termination testing & Commissioning of power and control cables as per specification. The panel shall be Form 3B type. The paint shade shall be of Shade RAL 7032/Shade 631 of IS 5
Please refer the attached SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41704
-
-
-
3.6.2) Common Panel In Plumbing panel
1
-
-
(I) Incomer
-
-
-
250 Amps. TPN MCCB 16kA/1 SEC, MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT S/C, E/F, O/L, RELEASES
-
-
-
Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's
-
-
-
Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp. With MPCB and PT / control Transformer with MPCB.
-
-
-
Set of Al.bus bar 250Amps.
-
-
-
MCC inclusive of pushbuttons, selector switches etc.
-
-
-
(ii) Outgoing.
-
-
-
a) 63 Amps 16kA/1 SEC, FIXED TYPE WITH MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT O/L, S/C, E/F, AND Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's, Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp - Quantity as mentioned in SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41704
-
-
-
b) 32 Amps 16kA/1 SEC, FIXED TYPE WITH MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT O/L, S/C, E/F, AND Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's, Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp - Quantity as mentioned in SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41704
-
-
-
e) Spare panels as mentioned in SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41704
-
-
-
3.6.3) LOCAL STARTER PANEL for Borwell pump: 1 each
3
-
-
415V, 50Hz, Short circuit rating minimum 10kA/1Sec, Outdoor type with additional rain canopy, mounted on steel structural support stand/Wall mounted, IP-65, Bottom cable entry, With TP MPCB feeders, With Star Delta Starter, Associated indications/push buttons & other components/accessories as applicable. TYPE-2 Coordination shall be ensured for all motor feeders. The paint shade shall be of Shade RAL 7032/Shade 631 of IS 5
-
-
-
3.6.4) LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATION (LPBS) for Borwell pump: 1 each
The paint shade shall be of Shade RAL 7032/Shade 631 of IS 5
3
-
-
with On, Off, & Emergency Trip (LOCKABLE) Push button, IP65 protection
-
-
-
3.6.5) LT POWER / CONTROL CABLES
-
-
-
1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Aluminium/Copper conductor, PVC/XLPE insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner and outer PVC sheathed, galvanised steel Flat strip/round wire ARMOURED Power/Control cables of following sizes to be laid overhead inside cable trays from Plumbing panel to equipment's. Miscellaneous items such as clamp, cleat cable tags etc. as well as cable trays with necessary supports are included in the scope. Removal of empty drums as instructed by Client is included in the scope (Cabling shall be done as per TCE Tender specifications, M2 drawings, Single line diagram ). Typical Cable sizes are indicated in 415V SLD
-
-
-
Power cables from Plumbing panel to Hydropneumatic skids
Power cables from Plumbing panel to Local starter panel of Borewell pumps
Power cables from Local starter panels to Borewell pump
Any other cables required to complete Plumbing System in all respects.
Estimated Cable Sizes (For details, refer enclosed 415 V SLD)
-
-
-
3.6.5.1) 4C X 25 sq mm A2XFY
750
-
-
3.6.5.2) 4C X 10 sq mm 2XWY
935
-
-
3.6.5.3) 3C X 10 sq mm 2XWY
60
-
-
3.6.5.4) 4C X 4 sq mm 2XWY
50
-
-
3.6.5.5) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY (Cu. Conductor control cable with FRLS PVC outer sheath as per requirement)
50
-
-
3.6.5.6) 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Copper conductor, PVC insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner PVC sheathed & outer FRLS PVC sheathed, galvanised steel round wire ARMOURED Control cables of following sizes:
-
-
-
3.6.5.6.1) 6C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
750
-
-
3.6.5.6.2) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
50
-
-
3.6.6) LT CABLE TERMINATION
Cable terminations for XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, 1.1 kV, Armoured Aluminium/copper conductor, power/control cables including stripping of cable insulation, supply and fixing of aluminium lugs for aluminium cables and tinned plated Copper lugs for copper cables and crimping the same to the conductor, supply and fixing of Double compression cable glands for below cable sizes as required. 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Aluminium/Copper conductor, XLPE insulated, inner and outer PVC sheathed, galvanised steel flat strip/round wire ARMOURED Power cables.
-
-
-
Estimated Cable Terminations (For details refer enclosed 415 V SLD)
-
-
-
3.6.6.1) 4C X 25 sq mm A2XFY
6
-
-
3.6.6.2) 4C X 10 sq mm 2XWY
18
-
-
3.6.6.3) 3C X 10 sq mm 2XWY
12
-
-
3.6.6.4) 4C X 4 sq mm 2XWY
4
-
-
3.6.6.5) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY (Cu. Conductor control cable with FRLS PVC outer sheath as per requirement)
2
-
-
3.6.6.6) 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Copper conductor, XLPE insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner PVC sheathed & outer FRLS PVC sheathed, galvanised steel round wire ARMOURED Control cables of following sizes:
-
-
-
3.6.6.7) 6C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
6
-
-
3.6.6.8) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
2
-
-
CABLE TRAYS AND COVERS
-
-
-
3.6.7) Readymade 2500mm standard length, prefabricated , Ladder/perforated cable tray from 14 SWG MS sheet and then hot dip galvanised (with minimum thickness of 70 microns), of following sizes and associated accessories such as coupler plates, tees, elbow etc.50mm side flanges for perforated tray & 75mm side flanges for ladder type cable trays shall be provided on both sides of the tray. Sizes of cable trays to be decided by Bidder. Support for cable trays , Panel/DBs included in scope. NOTE: The rates shall be inclusive of bends / tees / cable markers etc.
-
-
-
3.6.7.1.) 450mm width Ladder tray
50
-
-
3.6.7.2) 300mm Ladder tray
20
-
-
3.6.7.1.) 150mm width Perforated tray
100
-
-
3.6.7.3) 75mm width Perforated tray
20
-
-
3.6.8) Readymade 2500mm standard length, prefabricated G. I. Cover (suitable for both ladder and perforated cable trays) from 14 SWG MS sheet and then hot dip galvanized for the following tray size & associated accessories such as coupler plates, tees, elbows etc. 25mm side flange shall be provided.
-
-
-
3.6.8.1) 450mm width Ladder tray
10
-
-
3.6.8.2) 300mm Ladder tray
10
-
-
3.6.8.3) 150mm width Perforated tray
100
-
-
3.6.8.4) 75mm width Perforated tray
20
-
-
3.6.9) Cable tray supports, supporting frame for mounting of Swgr. Pnl. / control panels, etc. The supports shall be painted with 2 coats of red oxide primer and 2 coats of aluminium paint. Type of structural items required shall be ISMC 100, ISMC 75,ISA 50x50x6mm, ISA 65x65x6,ISA 40x40x3, MS plate 6mm, MS plate 10 mm or any other size as per requirement
1
-
-
EARTHING SYSTEM
-
-
-
3.6.10) Earthing system including supply, installation, testing and commissioning of G.I earthing strips/wires of following sizes to be laid in cable trays/on wall including jointing by welding, connecting to equipment, painting to welded portions by black bitumen paint .Necessary hardware is included in the scope. This includes earthing for Plumbing system equipment's as per latest version of IS 3043. For outdoor areas excavation, backfilling and removal of excess soil etc. is included in scope.
-
-
-
3.6.10.1) 50 X 6 mm G.I. STRIP
20
-
-
3.6.10.2) 25 X 6 mm G.I. STRIP
20
-
-
3.6.10.3) 8 SWG GI WIRE
20
-
-
3.7) HOT WATER SYSTEM
-
-
-
3.7.1) Solar Hot Water System
Design, supply, installation, testing & commissioning solar hot water system in position, Aligning to correct position as per drawing, finishing, sealing, testing and commissioning of the approved make Solar Hot Water System confirming to IS 12933.
-
-
-
The scope for Solar system (Evacuated Tube Collector type) with ISI marked includes 125 Litre each thermosyphon/Forced flow system Collectors having insolation surface area 2.2 Sq. Mtrs., as per IS: 12933 of Bureau of Indian Standards, all gaskets and gromets, M.S. vertical stand and base plate with two coats of primer and two coats of rubber paint, bolts and nuts for fastening with the Cement Concrete Base blocks, interconnecting medium Duty G.I. pipes with nitrile rubber insulation and 22 gauge Aluminium Sheet Cladding, pipe supports and clamps, gate valves, check valves, thermister valves, steam release valves, including temperature sensors and timer and wiring, flange blanks / plugs, etc complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Including Hot Water re-circulation Pump (1working+1standby), electrical panel, control panel.
-
-
-
The scope also includes numbers of insulated stainless steel storage tanks (SS304) of capacity as mentioned in Schedule of quantity, including making inlet, outlet heavy gauge C.P. connection, temperature gauges (at inlet and outlet of storage tank). The Storage Tanks duly painted with two coats of Red-Oxide and having Mineral Wool insulation, outer cladding of 22 gauge Aluminium Sheet, control valves at inlet and outlet of Water tank, M.S. supports for the tanks with M.S. base plate, bolts and nuts for fastening the stands and support to Cement concrete blocks, testing the tanks and the entire hot water system at a constant water pressure of 5.0 Bar (50 Mtrs) each, testing of the entire system for a constant flow of hot water at 55 degree Celsius during peak winter when the Wet Bulb Temperature is 17.7 degree Celsius. All work complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge, Item including all accessories for satisfactory installation complete. For capacities as follows.
-
-
-
3.7.1.1) 1000 litters per day
1
-
-
3.7.1.2) 500 litters per day
1
-
-
3.7.1.3) 200 litters per day
2
-
-
4) FIRE FIGHTING WORKS
-
-
-
4.1) PUMP AND ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of electrically driven Fire water pump set end-suction top-discharge back pull-out type with enclosed impeller for fire hydrant / sprinkler pump ,suitable for automatic operation consisting of the following:
1
-
-
The installation shall be complete with flexible coupling and coupling guard as required. Fire pump shall have C.I. casing, CS diffusers, bronze impeller and Shaft with mechanical seal, capable for delivering 171 cum / hr at head of 70 mts to ensure a minimum pressure of 3.5 Kg/Sqcm.g at the farthest or topmost hydrant/ sprinkler. The installation shall be complete with necessary tees, elbows, reducers, union, flanges, asbestos free gaskets, GI nuts bolts, washer including supporting/fixing the pipe on floor / wall /ceiling with clamps, hangers (using anchor fasteners) as per specification.
-
-
-
Pump shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150% of rated capacity at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut off head shall not exceed 120% of rated head.
-
-
-
Motor shall be squirrel cage operating on 415 V, 3Ø supply and TEFC. Supply conditions for which motors are desired to operate are ±10%, ±5%, ±10% respectively for voltage, frequency and combined voltage and frequency. Motors shall be of S1 duty and DOL starting. The class of insulation shall be 'F'. Motor shall be IP 55 protected.
-
-
-
Common base plate for (a) and (b) from M.S. Channel for required size.
-
-
-
Suitable cement concrete foundation with cement concrete plaster and MS angle epoxy coated edging (design and drawing to be provided by the Contractor while the foundation will be done by others) complete with anti-vibration arrangement of cushy foot mountings.
-
-
-
4.1.2) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Diesel Engine Driven Common Stand by pump end-suction top-discharge back pull-out typ, with diesel tank (660Liters) facility common fire pump capable of delivering 171 cum / hr at head of 70mts to ensure a minimum pressure of 3.5 Kg/Sqcm.g at the farthest or topmost hydrant/ sprinkler comprising of the following. The installation shall be complete with necessary tees, elbows, reducers, union, flanges, asbestos free gaskets, GI nuts bolts, washer including supporting/fixing the pipe on floor / wall /ceiling with clamps, hangers (using anchor fasteners) as per specification.
1
-
-
Pump shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150% of rated capacity at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut off head shall not exceed 120% of rated head.
-
-
-
Diesel engine shall be radiator cooled, battery started and "continuous" duty type. Diesel engine shall be capable of running on HSD fuel. It shall be capable of accepting full load in 15 seconds. Diesel engine's day oil tank shall be of capacity sufficient to hold fuel up to 6 hrs of engine operation. The battery shall be rated adequate for taking 10 consecutive starts. The engine exhaust shall be routed out of the fire water pump house. The engine shall be supplied with separate batteries and shall be charged by a 2 rate trickle charger with manual selection of boost charge. The charger shall be capable of trickle charging both the batteries simultaneously. The engine shall not trip from any external signal. Multiple belts shall be used for drive transmission for running pumps/fan such that, should half the belts breaks the functioning would not be affected.
-
-
-
Common base plate for (a) and (b) from M.S. channel of required size.
-
-
-
4.1.3) Supply & installation MS Class ‘C’ diesel engine exhaust pipe with necessary thermal insulation (including all fittings, clamps, steel support) of suitable dia for the engine.
15
-
-
4.1.4) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Jockey pump shall be end-suction top-discharge back pull-out type comprising of the following:
1
-
-
Jockey pump shall be motor driven and drive rating shall be at least 1.25 times the power required at duty point. The installation shall be complete with necessary tees, elbows, reducers, union, flanges, asbestos free gaskets, GI nuts bolts, washer including supporting/fixing the pipe on floor / wall /ceiling with clamps, hangers (using anchor fasteners) as per specification.
-
-
-
For pump defined above & of duty as follows :
Hydrant and Sprinkler System Flow : 10.8 cum/hr
Head : 70 mts
-
-
-
4.1.5) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Terrace booster pump shall be end-suction top-discharge back pull-out type comprising of the following:
2
-
-
Terrace Booster pump shall be motor driven and drive rating shall be at least 1.25 times the power required at duty point. The installation shall be complete with necessary tees, elbows, reducers, union, flanges, asbestos free gaskets, GI nuts bolts, washer including supporting/fixing the pipe on floor / wall /ceiling with clamps, hangers (using anchor fasteners) as per specification.
-
-
-
For pump defined above & of duty as follows :
Hydrant and Sprinkler System Flow : 450LPM
Head : 35mts
-
-
-
4. 1.6) For pump defined above & of duty as follows :
Hydrant and Sprinkler System Flow : 900LPM
Head : 35mts
2
-
-
4.2) HYDRANT SYSTEM & ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
4.2.1) Supply & installation of ERW black pipes (Piping as per Grade CT of Specification) comply to IS: 1239 (Class HVY up to 150 NB) & IS: 3589 Gr 410 for 200NB & Above ( from minimum 6mm thick for pipes up to 350 mm dia. and from minimum 8mm thick for pipes of 400 mm dia and above.) .Fittings shall comply to ASTM A105 & ASTM A234 Gr. WPB.Flanges shall be as per ASTM A105 & IS: 2062. Flanges shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.5, 150#. All other fittings ≤50NB shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.11, 3000# and 65 NB as per ANSI B16.9.Piping joints shall be socket welded to ANSI B16.11 for sizes ≤50NB and butt welded to ANSI B16.25 for 50NB.Welded joints shall be radiographed etc as per specification.
-
-
-
Above ground pipes shall be coated with 2 coats of red-oxide primer followed by 2 coats of post office red colour. After erection the entire piping system shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times the working pressure for 2 hours. At least 10% of all the welded joints shall be radiographically tested and half of the joints radiographed shall be field joints. Cost should be inclusive of all structural steel supports/clamps/brackets, anchor fastener etc as per /IS/TAC.
-
-
-
4.2.1.1) 15 NB
14
-
-
4.2.1.2) 25 NB
12
-
-
4.2.1.3) 50 NB
69
-
-
4.2.1.4) 80 NB
7
-
-
4.2.1.5) 100 NB
26
-
-
4.2.1.6) 150 NB
713
-
-
4.2.1.7) 200 NB
14
-
-
4.2.1.8) 250 NB
14
-
-
4.2.2) Underground pipes shall be laid 1 m below ground level and wrapped and coated as per IS: 10221.On completion of wrapping and coating 4 mm thk (1 coat) it shall be tested by holiday testing. After erection the entire piping system shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times the working pressure for 2 hours. At least 10% of all the welded joints shall be radiographically tested and half of the joints radiographed shall be field joints including excavation in all kind of soil, dewatering, making sand bed as per specification , backfilling, dewatering, ramming & removing the surplus excavated material and making good the same complete as required.
-
-
-
4.2.2.1) 50 NB
102
-
-
4.2.2.2) 80 NB
220
-
-
4.2.2.3) 100 NB
19
-
-
4.2.2.4) 150 NB
35
-
-
4.2.2.5) 200 NB
3
-
-
4.2.3) Supply & installation of S.S. Internal Hydrants conforming to IS 5290 (Type “A”) Hydrant valve shall have single outlet having 80 NB flanged inlet ,ss spindle controlled 63 NB female instantaneous outlet type coupling having twist release type lug; internal parts shall be of S.S. Including fixing with SS nut-bolt & washers flanged tapping. A cap with chain shall be provided on the outlet of the valve as per specification. (Location : Internal fire hydrant)
34
-
-
4.2.4) Supply & installation of S.S External Hydrants conforming to IS 5290 (Type “A”) Hydrant valve shall have single outlet having 80 NB flanged inlet ,SS spindle controlled 63 NB female instantaneous outlet type coupling having twist release type lug; internal parts shall be of SS. Including fixing with SS nut-bolt & washers flanged tapping .A cap with chain shall be provided on the outlet of the valve as per specification. (Location : External fire hydrant)
21
-
-
4.2.5) Supply & installation Fire hose cabinets , these cabinates shall be fabricated from 2.00 mm thick CRCA sheet with locking arrangement of size of hose cabinet shall be 750 mm x 600 mm x 250 mm the painting of the hose cabinet shall be post office red colour paint. Each hose cabinet shall accommodate two nos. of 15 Mt. Long hose-pipes and one no. of branch pipe with nozzle. The fire hose cabinet will have the legend “FIRE HOSE” painted prominently in the graphic style as per specification.
55
-
-
4.2.6) Supply & installation controlled percolating fire hose pipe (as per IS:8423) of 63 mm dia and 15 meter length rated for burst pressure of 35.7 Kg/sqcm. The hose shall be tested for flame resistance test in accordance to IS:8423. Hose shall be complete with ISI marked SS male & female coupling (IS:903) as per specification.
110
-
-
4.2.7) Supply & installation of swinging type First Aid hose reel (IS 884 ) in post office red colour drum with 30 mts long and 19 mm dia REINFORCED RUBBER , 20 mm dia gate valve stop cock, (IS:778, class - II) terminating with G.M Coupling & nozzle of 6mm outlet with shut off valve confirming to IS 8090 - 1976 complete with socket for tap-off, drum and brackets (including painting) for installation on wall with anchor fastener, bolts & nuts as per specification.
34
-
-
4.2.8) Supply & installation of 63 mm dia instantaneous pattern branch short SS pipe, 20 mm dia nozzle conforming to IS 903, suitable for inter connection to hose pipe coupling complete as per specification.
55
-
-
4.2.9) Supply & installation of S.S 4 way fire water tank inlet connection with 4 Nos 63 mm dia. built - in Non- return valves instantaneous coupling type arranged on 150 mm dia. Pipe manifold and connected to Fire water tank as per specification.
2
-
-
4.2.10) Designing, Supply and installation Orifice plate made out of stainless stand plate (thickness as per specification) for following size of pipe to reduce pressure up to 3.5 Kg/sqcm complete in all respects
47
-
-
4.2.11) Constructing masonry Chamber 90x90x100 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for sluice valve, with C.I. surface box 100 mm top diameter, 160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep (inside) with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size ), i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand: 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size ) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
11
-
-
4.2.12) Providing & fixing of FRP 150kg duty manhole cover with frame of 900 x 900 mm internal dia for valve chamber.
11
-
-
4.2.13) Supply & installation of lockable indoor type fire hose cabinet frames fabricated from 40 x 40 x 5 angle iron sections and 16 gauge MS sheet with full front glass door and locking arrangement, suitable to accommodate landing valve, 2 nos. 15 m long hoses, first-aid hose reel drum and branch pipe nozzle . The cabinet frame shall be painted with two coats of primer and two coats of post office red colour of approved Make and shade as per specifications (Approx. 1.5 m (high) x 0.9 m (wide) X 0.2 m (width). The item shall be complete of MS housing with front door. (Cost shall be inclusive of providing break glass box containing key for the cabinet along with hammer).
21
-
-
4.2.14) Supply & Fixing of " J "type hooks supports made of 25 mm dia pipe to support 2 nos. 15 m long hoses and 01 No short branch pipe. Cost should be inclusive of required anchor fastener, nuts, etc.
37
-
-
4.2.15) Supply & installation of S.S 2 way fire water draw out connection with 2 Nos 63 mm dia. built - in Non- return valves instantaneous coupling type arranged on 150 mm dia. Pipe manifold and connected to Fire water tank as per specification.
1
-
-
4.3) VALVES
-
-
-
4.3.1) Supply & installation of Gate valve (of sizes 50NB & above) conform to IS 14846 and shall be of C.I to IS: 210 GR. FG 260 & flanged Ends shall be drilled to ANSI B16.5.Gate valve, in smaller sizes (≤50NB), shall be all bronze and confirming to IS:778 with screwed ends as per specification.
-
-
-
4.3.1.1) 25NB
14
-
-
4.3.1.2) 50 NB
2
-
-
4.3.1.3) 80 NB
6
-
-
4.3.1.4) 100 NB
11
-
-
4.3.1.5) 150 NB
7
-
-
4.3.1.6) 200 NB
1
-
-
4.3.1.7) 250 NB
1
-
-
4.3.2) Supply & installation of Wafer Check Valves with cast iron body conforming to API 594 including rubber gasket, union, etc. complete as per specification.
-
-
-
4.3.2.1) 50 NB
1
-
-
4.3.2.1) 100 NB
4
-
-
4.3.2.2) 150 NB
2
-
-
4.3.3) Supply & installation of Air Release Valve for risers, suitable for pressure not less than 15 Kg/Sq.cm. as per specification
14
-
-
4.3.4) Supply & installation of globe valve confirming to IS: 778 with screwed ends. Valve body shall be hydro tested at 24 kg/sq.cm (g) and seat and back seat at 16 kg/sq.cm. (g). 15mm dia.
6
-
-
4.3.5) Supply & installation pressure relief valve confirming to ASTM A216 Gr. WCB. It shall have adjustable setting in range suitable for operating range of the pump. The relief valve outlet shall be led back to the tank. The valve shall be 150# rated. Relief valve body shall be cast steel confirming to ASTM A216 Gr. WCB.Relief valve body shall be hydraulically tested at 24.0 kg/sq.cm (g) as per specification.
-
-
-
4.3.5.1) 100 NB
1
-
-
4.3.6) Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of C.I.flanged "Y" type Strainer (PN 1.6) with SS mesh, suitable flanges, nuts, bolts, washer, asbestos free gaskets etc. as per specification.
-
-
-
4.3.6.1) 100NB
5
-
-
4.3.6.2) 150NB
1
-
-
4.3.6.3) 200NB
2
-
-
4.4) INSTRUMENTS
-
-
-
4.4.1) Supply & installation of pressure gauge(suitable for working pressure of (0-16 Kg/cm2(g)) of Stainless Steel with 6 inch phenolic dial (white dial with black numerals), 316 SS Bourdon tube, nylon movements and micrometre type adjustable aluminium pointer with accuracy of +/-0.1% of span including accessories like siphons for steam services, snubbers for pump discharge applications and chemical diaphragm for corrosive and oil services and name plate, etc. Material of accessories shall be SS. IP65 degree of protection for enclosure. Over range protection shall be 50% above maximum pressure. Armoured capillary of 15 M shall be provided as per specification.
4
-
-
4.4.2) Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning adjustable type pressures switches suitable for operating with hydrant and sprinkler systems for working pressure of 11Kg/cm² pressure including electrical wiring complete as required. The cost of electrical wiring will be included in this item. Vendor also need to submit the calibration certificate of Pressure switch as per specification.
9
-
-
4.4.3) Supply & installation of Float & Cord type Level gauge / indicator for underground fire water tank (Tank Height is 5m) as per specification.
2
-
-
4.4.4) Supply & installation of Float Switch switch as per specification.
5
-
-
4.5) SPRINKLER SYSTEM
-
-
-
4.5.1) Supply & installation of ERW black pipes(Piping as per Grade CT of Specification) comply to IS: 1239 (Class HVY up to 150 NB) & IS: 3589 Gr 410 for 200NB & Above ( from minimum 6mm thick for pipes up to 350 mm dia. and from minimum 8mm thick for pipes of 400 mm dia and above.) .Fittings shall comply to ASTM A105 & ASTM A234 Gr. WPB.Flanges shall be as per ASTM A105 & IS: 2062. Flanges shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.5, 150#. All other fittings ≤50NB shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.11, 3000# and 65 NB as per ANSI B16.9.Piping joints shall be socket welded to ANSI B16.11 for sizes ≤50NB and butt welded to ANSI B16.25 for 50NB.Welded joints shall be radiographed etc as per specification.
-
-
-
Above ground pipes shall be coated with 2 coats of red-oxide primer followed by 2 coats of post office red colour. After erection the entire piping system shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times the working presure for 2 hours. At least 10% of all the welded joints shall be radiographically tested and half of the joints radiographed shall be field joints.Cost should be inclusive of all structural steel supports/clamps/brackets, anchor fastner etc as required.
-
-
-
4.5.1.1) 25 NB
964
-
-
4.5.1.2) 32NB
40
-
-
4.5.1.3) 40 NB
631
-
-
4.5.1.4) 50 NB
172
-
-
4.5.1.5) 65 NB
5
-
-
4.5.1.6) 80 NB
30
-
-
4.5.1.7) 100 NB
834
-
-
4.5.1.8) 125 NB
2
-
-
4.5.1.9) 150 NB
2
-
-
4.5.2) Supply Installation testing & commissioning of Pendant type sprinkler of 15 NB, Quartzoid bulb type 68 deg.standard Response, with adjustable escutcheon plate in SS 304 as per UL/FM Approved.
333
-
-
4.5.3) Supply Installation testing & commissioning of Side Wall sprinkler of 15 NB, Quartzoid bulb type 68 deg.standard Response, with adjustable escutcheon plate in SS 304 as per UL/FM Approved.
6
-
-
4.5.4) Supply & installation of Corrugated SS-304 flexible sprinkler pipe droplet for 12 kg/ sq. cm. working pressure with 1/2" BSP threaded outlet & 1" BSP threaded inlet with reducer nipple, snap, clamp, T-bar bracket/all types of couplings etc. with necessary fitting complete as required as per UL/FM approved
-
-
-
4.5.4.1) 1500 mm length
333
-
-
4.5.5) Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of Cast Iron installation control valve assembly (test pressure should not be less than 15.0 Kg/Sq.cm) with flanges, nut, bolts & gasket complete with pad locking arrangement, vertical wet alarm valve with hydraulic alarm motor & gong, 2 nos. pressure gauges as per manufacturer recommendation with ball valves, 15 mm dia test valves, 50 mm dia drain valve with all necessary accessories as per specification.
-
-
-
4.5.5.1) 150 NB
1
-
-
4.5.6) Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of flow switch on sprinkler distribution header on each floor to be installed as per manufacturer specifications in an accessible location as per site, complete including wiring to monitor modules with potential free contact with 2 No. NONC as per the specification. Add following in description 1. The flow switches work at a triggering threshold bandwidth (flow rate) of 4 to 10 GPM. 2. The switch shall be able to trip and make / break contact on the operation of a single sprinkler head. 3. Flow switch shall have a paddle made of flexible and sturdy material of the width to fit within the pipe bore.
-
-
-
4.5.6.1) 150 NB
5
-
-
4.5.7) Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of CI butterfly valves as per BS5155/IS 13095 Hand lever operated type with required flanges, nuts, bolts,washer, asbestos free gaskets etc. complete
-
-
-
4.5.7.1) 50 NB
1
-
-
4.5.7.2) 80 NB
2
-
-
4.5.7.3) 100 NB
2
-
-
4.5.7.4) 150 NB
1
-
-
4.5.8) Supply Installation testing & commissioning of Upright type sprinkler of 15 NB, Quartzoid bulb type 68 deg.standard Response as per UL/FM Approved.
378
-
-
49) Providing, fixing including testing and commissioning of Drain valve & assembly with 2 nos. of ball valve, sight glass, 2" pipe & required fittings. a) 50mm dia
5
-
-
4.6) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
-
-
-
4.6.1) Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of Portable Fire extinguishers ((As per IS : 15683:2006) of following type & capacity complete.
-
-
-
4.6.1.1) 9 Litres Capacity Water Gas Pressure Type
2
-
-
4.6.1.2) 2 Kg. CO2 Type
5
-
-
4.6.1.3) 6 Kg Capacity Dry Chemical Powder(DCP) type
75
-
-
4.6.1.4) 4.5 Kg. CO2 Type
65
-
-
4.6.2) Supplying and Installation of sand filled fire buckets of 24 gauge galvanized steel sheet, standard 9 litre capacity and of round bottom shape, red outside and black on the bottom ,in scribed with letters “FIRE” in black and gold. Cost shall be inclusive of providing MS stand duly painted over a coat of primer
6
-
-
4.7) ELECTRICAL PANELS
-
-
-
Fabrication, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of electrical control panel of cubical construction, floor mounted type fabricated out of 2mm Thick CRCA sheet, compartmentalized with hinged lockable doors, dust and vermin proof, powder coated of approved shade after 7 tank treatment process, cable alley, inter-connection, having switchgears and accessories mounting and internal wiring, earth terminals, numbering, etc., complete in all respects suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. AC supply with enclosure protection class IP 52 as required. Including supply installation , termination testing & Commissioning of power and control cables as per specification. The panel shall be Form 3B type. The paint shade shall be Fire Red shade 536 as per IS:5/ local applicable statutory requirement
Please refer the attached SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41703
-
-
-
4.7.1) Common Panel In Fire Pump House - (Fire hydrant Panel)
1
-
-
(I) Incomer
-
-
-
400 Amps. TPN MCCB 25kA/1 SEC, MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT S/C, E/F, O/L, RELEASES
-
-
-
Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's
-
-
-
Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp. With MPCB and PT / control Transformer with MPCB.
-
-
-
Set of Al.bus bar 400 Amps.
-
-
-
MCC-cum-ICP inclusive of Alarm annunciators, pushbuttons, selector switches etc.
-
-
-
(ii) Outgoing.
-
-
-
a) Main fire pump.- 1 each
-
-
-
160 Amps 25kA/1 SEC, FIXED TYPE WITH MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT S/C, E/F, RELEASES TYPE-2 CO-ORDINATION automatic DOL starter with over load protection, current sensing type single phase preventor complete with all accessories and internal wiring required for automatic operation.
-
-
-
b) Jockey Pump. - 1 each
-
-
-
MPCB 25kA/ 1 SEC,TP, THERMAL MAGNETIC (O/L+S/C) & TYPE-2 CO-ORDINATION (TYP). HP fully automatic DOL starter with over load protection, current sensing type single phase preventor complete with all accessories and internal wiring required for automatic operation, auto/manual/OFF operation.
-
-
-
c) Terrace Booster Pump. - 1 each
-
-
-
63 Amps. TPN MCCB 25kA/1 SEC, MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT O/L, S/C, RELEASES, Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's, Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp. With MPCB and PT for the same
-
-
-
d) Diesel control panel. - 1 each
-
-
-
32 Amps. TPN MCCB 25kA/1 SEC, MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH INBUILT O/L, S/C RELEASES, Multifunction meter Cl 1 with the CT's, Set of 3 Phase LED indicating lamp. With MPCB and PT for the same
-
-
-
e) Spare panels as mentioned in SLD P3776A-EL-4000-AU-41703
-
-
-
4.7.2) LOCAL STARTER PANEL for Terrace Booster Pump: 1 each
4
-
-
415V, 50Hz, Short circuit rating minimum 10kA/1Sec, Outdoor type with additional rain canopy, mounted on steel structural support stand/Wall mounted, IP-55, Bottom cable entry, With TP MPCB feeders, With DOL Starter, Associated indications/push buttons & other components/accessories as applicable. TYPE-2 Coordination shall be ensured for all motor feeders.
-
-
-
4.7.3) LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATION (LPBS) for Terrace booster pumps: 1 each
4
-
-
with On, Off, & Emergency Trip (LOCKABLE) Push button, IP55 protection
-
-
-
4.7.4) Diesel Engine Control
1
-
-
Control for Diesel engine comprising:-
-
-
-
Auto/Manual selector switch & 3 attempt starting device, timers and relays as required, push buttons, start/stop in manual mode.
-
-
-
Indication lamp for High/Low Lub.oil pressure, High Water Temperature. And Engine ON indication.
-
-
-
Battery charger suitable for 12 V/24V DC with boost and tickle selector switch, 0-15 V/0-30 V DC volt metre, 0-20A DC Ammeter.
-
-
-
All standard relays and accessories for automatic operation of diesel engine.
-
-
-
12V/24V battery (VRLA maintenance free) of suitable AH rating (minimum 180 AH)
-
-
-
4.8) LT POWER / CONTROL CABLES
-
-
-
4.8.1) 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Aluminium/Copper conductor, PVC/XLPE insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner and outer PVC sheathed, galvanised steel Flat strip/round wire ARMOURED Power/Control cables of following sizes to be laid overhead inside cable trays from Fire Hydrant panel to equipment's. Miscellaneous items such as clamp, cleat cable tags etc. as well as cable trays with necessary supports are included in the scope. Removal of empty drums as instructed by Client is included in the scope (Cabling shall be done as per TCE Tender specifications, M2 drawings, Single line diagram ). Typical Cable sizes are indicated in 415V SLD
-
-
-
Power cables from Fire Hydrant panel to Main Fire Water Pump (With DOL starters)
Power cables from Fire Hydrant panel to Jockey pump (With DOL starter)
Power cables from Fire Hydrant panel to Terrace pumps (With DOL starter)
Any other cables required to complete Fire Hydrant System in all respects.
Estimated Cable Sizes (For details, refer enclosed 415 V SLD)
-
-
-
4.8.1.1) 3C X 70 sq mm A2XFY
25
-
-
4.8.1.2) 3.5C X 70 sq mm A2XFY
670
-
-
4.8.1.3) 4C X 25 sq mm A2XFY
305
-
-
4.8.1.4) 4C X 4sq mm 2XWY
25
-
-
4.8.1.5) 3C X 4 sq mm 2XWY
65
-
-
4.8.1.6) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY (Cu. Conductor control cable with FRLS PVC outer sheath as per requirement)
50
-
-
4.8.2) 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Copper conductor, PVC insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner PVC sheathed & outer FRLS PVC sheathed, galvanised steel round wire ARMOURED Control cables of following sizes:
-
-
-
4.8.2.1) 6C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
1300
-
-
4.8.2.2) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
50
-
-
4.8.2.3) 2C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
200
-
-
4.8.3) LT CABLE TERMINATION
Cable terminations for XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, 1.1 kV, Armoured Aluminium/copper conductor, power/control cables including stripping of cable insulation, supply and fixing of aluminium lugs for aluminium cables and tinned plated Copper lugs for copper cables and crimping the same to the conductor, supply and fixing of Double compression cable glands for below cable sizes as required. 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Aluminium/Copper conductor, XLPE insulated, inner and outer PVC sheathed, galvanised steel flat strip/round wire ARMOURED Power cables.
-
-
-
Estimated Cable Terminations (For details refer enclosed 415 V SLD)
-
-
-
4.8.3.1) 3C X 70 sq mm A2XFY
2
-
-
4.8.3.2) 3.5C X 70 sq mm A2XFY
4
-
-
4.8.3.3) 4C X 25 sq mm A2XFY
4
-
-
4.8.3.4) 4C X 4 sq mm 2XWY
2
-
-
4.8.3.5) 3C X 4 sq mm 2XWY
10
-
-
4.8.3.6) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY (Cu. Conductor control cable with FRLS PVC outer sheath as per requirement)
2
-
-
4.8.4) 1100 Voltage grade, Multistranded Copper conductor, XLPE insulated, inner & outer extruded, inner PVC sheathed & outer FRLS PVC sheathed, galvanised steel round wire ARMOURED Control cables of following sizes:
-
-
-
4.8.4.1) 6C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
8
-
-
4.8.4.2) 4C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
2
-
-
4.8.4.3) 2C X 2.5 sq mm 2XWY
8
-
-
4.9) CABLE TRAYS
-
-
-
Readymade 2500mm standard length, prefabricated , Ladder/perforated cable tray from 14 SWG MS sheet and then hot dip galvanised (with minimum thickness of 70 microns), of following sizes and associated accessories such as coupler plates, tees, elbow etc.50mm side flanges for perforated tray & 75mm side flanges for ladder type cable trays shall be provided on both sides of the tray. Sizes of cable trays to be decided by Bidder. Support for cable trays included in scope. NOTE: The rates shall be inclusive of bends / tees / cable markers etc.
-
-
-
4.9.1) 450mm width (Horizontal Ladder type cable tray)
50
-
-
4.9.2) 300mm width (Horizontal Ladder type cable tray)
20
-
-
4.9.3) 150mm width (vertical perforated type cable tray with cover)
20
-
-
4.9.4) 75mm width (vertical perforated type cable tray with cover)
20
-
-
4.9.10) Cable tray supports, supporting frame for mounting of Swgr. Pnl. / control panels, etc. The supports shall be painted with 2 coats of red oxide primer and 2 coats of aluminium paint. Type of structural items required shall be ISMC 100, ISMC 75,ISA 50x50x6mm, ISA 65x65x6,ISA 40x40x3, MS plate 6mm, MS plate 10 mm or any other size as per requirement
1
-
-
4.10) EARTHING SYSTEM
-
-
-
Earthing system including supply, installation, testing and commissioning of G.I earthing strips/wires of following sizes to be laid in cable trays/on wall including jointing by welding, connecting to equipment, painting to welded portions by black bitumen paint .Necessary hardware is included in the scope. This includes earthing for Fire Hydrant system equipment's as per latest version of IS 3043. For outdoor areas excavation, backfilling and removal of excess soil etc. is included in scope.
-
-
-
4.10.1) 50 X 6 mm G.I. STRIP
50
-
-
4.10.2) 25 X 6 mm G.I. STRIP
220
-
-
4.10.3) 8 SWG GI WIRE
20
-
-
5.) HVAC SYSTEM
-
-
-
5.1) VARIABLE REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
-
-
-
Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor machines for air conditioning system, based on inverter variable refrigerant flow includes unloading, lifting & shifting with manually / crane and rigging to respective location of units. ODU shall be comprising of min one or more variable output compressors (Inverter Scroll type), condenser coil & fins provided with anti-corrosive treatment, anti vibration pads for mounting, noise level not more than 70 dB, necessary accessories for oil separation, moisture removal, flow control, interconnecting piping between ODU modules, condenser air fan, electrical and microprocessor based panel, FRLS PVC interconnecting/ control cabling (2 C X 1.5 sqmm & 2 C X 1.0 sqmm control cabling in between ODU to IDU and ODU to ODU.) ,copper earting wire with protection of sleeves as per requirement & shall be terminated till nearest available earth grid.
MS powder coated stand for ODU of appropriate height, suitable to catter static & dynamic weight of ODU with min 2 Coat of Red oxide and min 2 Coat of black enamel paint.
-
-
-
The ODU shall be Gas charged while commissioning till the desired pressure as per OEM & as per Copper piping length installed. The bidder has to offer the below mentioned ODU capacity with the combinations module as per his offered OEM. Contractor to use only modular ODU available in OEM range, any Single ODU combination will not be accepted.
Following ODU combination shall be consider as Single circuit, multiple circuit will not be accepted.
-
-
-
5.1.1) Outdoor Units
-
-
-
5.1.1.1) 24 HP - Production Block Admin- Ground Floor
1
-
-
5.1.1.2) 42 HP - Production Block Admin- First Floor
1
-
-
5.1.1.3) 28 HP - Production Block CNC Area- Ground Floor
1
-
-
5.1.1.4) 32 HP - Training Block Admin- Ground & First Floor
1
-
-
5.1.1.5) 48 HP - Training Block First Floor LHS
1
-
-
5.1.1.6) 58 HP - Training Block First Floor RHS
1
-
-
5.1.2) Indoor Units
-
-
-
5.1.2.1) HIGH WALL - Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of VRF base High wall Indoor machines for air conditioning system, based on variable refrigerant flow of following capacities, quoted price to include all controls, valves, washable filter, @ 2 RMT length of suitable FRLS PVC power cabling with 3 Pin top of 6 Amp rating, & necessary accessories required to connect the IDU to the copper piping. Unit shall be supplied with Cordless remote from OEM.
Also unloading, lifting, shifting, rigging to respective locations, installation, testing, commissioning of indoor units, supply of mounting arrangement suit to site shall be considered in the rate. The bidder has to offer the next size capacity if at all the below mentioned IDU capacity is not available with offered OEM as a standard unit without any extra cost.
-
-
-
5.1.2.1.) Hi Wall Type : 0.8 TR/280 CFM
11
-
-
5.1.2.1.) Hi Wall Type : 1.0 TR/300 CFM
4
-
-
5.1.2.1.) Hi Wall Type : 1.3 TR/400 CFM
20
-
-
5.1.2.1.) Hi Wall Type : 1.6 TR/500 CFM
20
-
-
5.1.2.1.) Hi Wall Type : 2.0 TR/600 CFM
21
-
-
5.1.2.2) HIGH STATIC DUCTABLE - Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of VRF base Ductable Indoor machines for air conditioning system, based on variable refrigerant flow of following capacities, quoted price to include all controls, valves, washable filter, Drain pump, min 10 mm Threaded roods for hanging, Fire rated canvas connection at supply & return, @ 2 RMT length of suitable FRLS PVC power cabling with 3 Pin top of 6 Amp rating, & necessary accessories required to connect the IDU to the copper piping. Unit shall be supplied with Corded remote & its control cable as per OEM std.
Also unloading, lifting, shifting, rigging to respective locations, installation, testing, commissioning of indoor units, supply of mounting arrangement suit to site shall be considered in the rate. The bidder has to offer the next size capacity if at all the below mentioned IDU capacity is not available with offered OEM as a standard unit without any extra cost.
-
-
-
5.1.2.2.1) Ductable Type : 3.2 TR/ 790 CFM
1
-
-
5.1.2.2.2) Ductable Type : 4.5 TR/ 1300 CFM
2
-
-
5.1.2.3) CEILING SUSPENDED CASSETTES - Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of VRF base Ceiling suspended cassettes for air conditioning system, based on variable refrigerant flow of following capacities, quoted price to include all controls, valves, washable filter, Drain pump, min 8 mm Threaded roods for hanging, @ 2 RMT length of suitable FRLS PVC power cabling with 3 Pin top of 6 Amp rating, & necessary accessories required to connect the IDU to the copper piping. Unit shall be supplied with Cordless remote. Also unloading, lifting, shifting, rigging to respective locations, installation, testing, commissioning of indoor units, supply of mounting arrangement suit to site shall be considered in the rate. The bidder has to offer the next size capacity if at all the below mentioned IDU capacity is not available with offered OEM as a standard unit without any extra cost.
-
-
-
5.1.2.3.1) Cassettes Type : 1.0 TR (Compact Type Panel 700X700)
1
-
-
5.1.2.3.2) Cassettes Type : 2.0 TR (Round Flow Panel -950 X 950 )
2
-
-
5.1.2.3.3) Cassettes Type : 2.3TR (Round Flow Panel -950 X 950 )
1
-
-
5.1.2.3.4) Cassettes Type : 2.6TR (Round Flow Panel -950 X 950 )
5
-
-
5.1.2.3.5) Cassettes Type : 3.0 TR (Round Flow Panel -950 X 950 )
2
-
-
5.1.3) The Refnet joints for VRF system as per the OEM standard & has to be supplied with system. As required for Gas & Liquid line as a One set. The Refnet joint shall be measured & billed as a One set for Liquid & Gas line as a pair.
100
-
-
5.1.4) Refrigerant Piping
-
-
-
5.1.4.1) Supply, fabrication, installation, testing of Interconnecting refrigerant pipe work with closed cell crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) / Nitrile rubber of class "O" tubular insulation between each circuit of indoor & outdoor units with min thickness of 19 mm for both liquid & Gas line. The insulation shall be with factory laminated Al foil.
The piping shall be measured & billed as a Pair RMT both together for liquid & Gas line.
891
-
-
5.1.4.2) Sun Exposed / Terrace Piping - Supply, fabrication, installation, testing of Interconnecting refrigerant pipe work with closed cell crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) / Nitrile rubber of class "O" tubular insulation between each circuit of indoor & outdoor units with min thickness of 19 mm for both liquid & Gas line. The insulation shall be with factory laminated Al foil.
The piping shall be measured & billed as a Pair RMT both together for liquid & Gas line. All Sun Exposed piping / Terrace running piping shall be provided with suitable size of GI 18G perforated cable tray & cover including its necessary MS support.
Supporting shall be provided with maximum 1.2 metres.
66
-
-
5.1.5) Control Unit
-
-
-
5.1.5.1) Centralised Remote controller with touch panel and Auto sequential for the above VRF system for all the indoor & outdoor units installed in the building. CRC shall be compatible all open BMS protocol for integration .The offer cost must include the FRLS PVC control caballing from IDU to Odu with necessary Tray/Conduits etc
Location: Server room
2
-
-
5.1.6) Drain Piping
-
-
-
Supply & installation, testing and commissioning of Rigid class-I UPVC piping as per IS 4985 complete with fittings, supports as per specifications and duly insulated with 6 mm thick closed cell crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) tubular insulation with aluminium foil.
-
-
-
5.1.6.1) 25 mm dia
620
-
-
5.1.6.2) 32 mm dia
420
-
-
5.1.6.3) 50 mm dia
255
-
-
5.1.7) Control Cabling
-
-
-
5.1.7.1) Supply & installation, testing and commissioning of Copper Shielded, 2Cx1.5 sqmm. FRLS PVC Control Cabling with suitable size Metalic conduit & supporting etc.
1337
-
-
5.1.8) Drain Pump for Highwall
-
-
-
5.1.8.1) Supply & installation, testing and commissioning of condensate drain pump. The pump shall have suitable discharge capacity for Highwall unit ranging from 1.0 TR to 2.0 TR .
31
-
-
5.2) D X SPLIT UNITS
-
-
-
5.2.1) Split type Air-conditioners: Supplying, Installing, testing and commissioning of minimum 5 Star, BEE rating (nominal capacity) Air-cooled split AC unit along with painted MS Stands for ODU & necessary support for IDU, cordless remore ,3-pin top with @ 2 RMT suitable size FRLS PVC power cable . The unit shall also be supplied with required voltage stabiliser of suitable rating to give constant output of 230V for input range of 180 V to 260 V with time delay, high/low cut off, meter to read input and output voltages, ON/OFF switches etc. as required and earthing etc. Unit shall be provided with auto timer setting, complete in all respect. Unit should be compatible with MODBUS system complete in all respect to operate the unit via BMS for normal as wellas in standby mode.
-
-
-
5.2.1.1) High Wall Type : 1 TR
2
-
-
5.2.1.2) High Wall Type : 1.5 TR
5
-
-
5.2.1.3) High Wall Type : 2.0 TR
11
-
-
5.2.1.4) Supplying, Installing, testing and commissioning of voltage stabilizer. The unit shall be suitable rating to give constant output of 230V for input range of 180 V to 260 V with time delay, high/low cut off, meter to read input and output voltages, ON/OFF switches etc. as required and earthing etc.
17
-
-
5.2.2) Copper Piping
-
-
-
5.2.2.1) Supply, fabrication, installation, testing of copper piping for above split unit with 13 mm thick nitrile rubber/ sleeve insulated. insulation shall be of Class "O" std. The piping shall be measured as a Pair RMT for both liquid & Gas line.
158
-
-
5.2.3) Change over Timer
-
-
-
5.2.3.1) Supply, installation & testing of Automatic cyclic change over timer for Split AC's working as Standby configuration. The Timer must be compatible to receive & operate on BMS input.
7
-
-
5.2.4) Supply & installation, testing and commissioning of Copper Shielded, 2Cx1.5 sqmm. FRLS PVC Control Cabling with suitable size Metalic conduit & supporting etc. for above spilt unit
164
-
-
5.2.5) VRF TYPE CEILING SUSPENDED AHU : 7 TR , 2200 cfm at 25 mm ESP.
-
-
-
5.2.5.1) Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning, Ceiling suspended Air Unit with Double skin construction with DIDW air foil centrifugal fans. The motor selected shall be energy efficient having efficiency (Class I), 415V,50 Hz., 3 phase power supply, belt drive system, spring type isolation, (minimum vibration isolation efficiency 90%), minimum 6/8 row deep DX type - cooling coil, prefilters with 90% down to 10 microns with power and control wiring, mixing box, fire proof flexible connections at outlet and inlet. CSU shall be provided aluminium supporting structure's shall be provided with thermal break profile with internal skin made from 24G GI and outer skin with 22 G GI powder coated sheet with 40mm thick PUF insulation of density 40-50 Kg/m3. CSU sound level shall not be more than 65 dB at 1.5 m distance. AHU shall be provided with vision glass, marine light and necessary door interlock including all its necessary internal wiring and accessories.
3
-
-
CSU Shall be supplied with Mixing box with Fresh air & return air ports with Aluminium VCD.
-
-
-
The CSU shall also be equipped with Refrigerant coil section and shall be connected to the Microprocessor based DX -VRF Outdoor Unit.
-
-
-
Equipment shall be provided with expansion kit,
-
-
-
6/8 row deep DX cooling coil – Multiple distributors. As per VRF manufacturers Recommendation to meet the cooling load condition and to be tested for 600 pig. (Coil Surface area ≤ 500 FPM)
-
-
-
Drain pan : 18 G stainless steel duly insulated with 12 mm thick nitrile rubber (Araceli Class O Only)
-
-
-
All dampers shall be gear type with lock & graduation arrangement.
-
-
-
The AHU shall be supplied with suitable electrical power starter panel mounted directly on AHU body with necessary control & power cabling. The panel shall be of IP 42 Protection and must have arrangement to receive BMS & fire signal input.
-
-
-
5.2.6) Standard Corded remote controllers (Orating Mode:- On/Off/Fan Speed/Mode/Temp )
3
-
-
5.2.7) Ref-net joints for above VRF systems.
3
-
-
5.2.8) AHU Kit
-
-
-
5.2.8.1) 10HP
3
-
-
5.3) VENTILATION SYSTEM
-
-
-
5.3.1) Ventilation Fan's
-
-
-
5.3.1.1) Domestic Propeller Exhaust Fans
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of non metallic propeller type fan with non metallic blades and complete with induction Motor suitable for operation with 230 V single phase 50 Hz with suitable frame etc. non metallic with gravity louvers for exhaust complete as per specifications and drawings.
The fan shall be supplied with @ 2 RMT of FRLS PVC power cable with 3-Pin top
The fan shall be suitable for window frame / Wall installation.
SIZE- 200 X200
166
-
-
5.3.1.2) Heavy Duty Industrial Type Propeller Exhaust Fans
SITC of Industrial type, Propeller fan of capacity as per mentioned in following for exhaust . The fan shall be Industrial type and complete with electric Motor suitable for operation with 400 V Three phase 50 Hz , shall also provided with min 3 mm thick GI wire mesh at outlet to prevent any bird entry. The fan shall be of Metalic Body & Blades. The fan shall be supplied with @ 2 RMT of FRLS PVC power cable with 3-Pin top
The installation MS frame shall also to be supplied along the fan with 2 coat of Red oxide & 2 coat of black enamel paint.
The Fan dia mentioned below are indicative, Bidder has to comply on air flow rate.
-
-
-
5.3.1.2.1) 600 CFM @ 300 mm Dia
50
-
-
5.3.1.2.2) 800 CFM @ 300 mm Dia
4
-
-
5.3.1.2.3) 1000 CFM @ 300 mm Dia
1
-
-
5.3.1.2.4) 1500 CFM @ 375 mm Dia
4
-
-
5.3.1.2.5) 2000 CFM @ 375 mm Dia
10
-
-
5.3.1.2.6) 5500 CFM @ 600 mm Dia
22
-
-
5.3.1.3) Ceiling Mount Type Exhaust Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of non metallic ceiling mount type fan and complete with induction Motor suitable for operation with 230 V single phase 50 Hz with suitable frame etc. The fan must have an arrangement of connection with PVC or GI round duct of min 100 mm Dia. The fan shall be supplied with @ 2 RMT of FRLS PVC power cable with 3-Pin top
Capacity - 100 CFM
4
-
-
5.3.1.4) SITC of the Hydrogen exhaust fan shall be flame proof type- ( with necessary supports arrangement) Explosion proof circular inline fan with hi performance, minimum noise level. The fans shall be designed with anti static material and shall adhere to ATEX 94/9/EC directive. The flame proof enclosure shall comply with EN 60079 - 0/7, EN 14986, EN - 13463. Hydrogen sensor with dual display of gas concentration and set point / unit of gas, microcontroller based latest, accurate, reliable, and hi performance technology that eliminates false alarm. It should be programable linear 4-20mA / 20 - 4mA O/P with respect to gas concentration. The sensor should be suitable to work in hazardous area ATEX, IP 65 approved.
Contractor to supply fan starter panel mounted directly on fan body / Modular along the fan and shall be installed by himself complete in all respect with necessary control & power cabling. The panel shall be of IP 42 Protection and must have communication arrangement to receive & Feedback BMS & fire signal input.
Location: For Battery rooms
-
-
-
5.3.1.4.1) Capacity - 200 CFM @ 10 mm Static
2
-
-
5.3.1.5) Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of Tube Axial fan complete with state panel, tube casing, impeller , bird screen, necessary nut bolts, Necessary transition piece and fire retardant canvas connection at inlet & outlet for proper Installing, IE-3 High efficiency induction motor mounted on vibration isolators suitable for 415V±10%, 50 Hz. 3 phase electric supply. And complete as per technical specification
-
-
-
The speed of the motor shall be less than 1450 RPM and the impeller speed shall be less than 1000 RPM. Contractor to supply fan starter panel mounted directly on fan body / Modular along the fan and shall be installed by himself complete in all respect with necessary FRLS PVC control & power cabling. The panel shall be of IP 42 Protection and must have arrangement to communicate with BMS & fire signal input -output.
Contractor shall submit pressure drop calculation before ordering this fan as per approved shop drawing. Also motor selected shall be 20% higher capacity w.r.t. power required at duty point.
-
-
-
5.3.1.5.1) 7500 cfm @ 15 mm of wg total static- For Utility Room Exhaust
1
-
-
5.3.1.6) Pressurization fans
-
-
-
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Tube Axial Fans as per specification , the fan shall be AMCA Certified complete with mounting accessories, spring isolators, all accessories as per specifications . Fans shall be suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz AC power supply and Fan shall be provided with fire retardant flexible connection at discharge.
The fan shall be supplied with suitable size Spring vibration isolators.
Fan shall be Fire Rated for 250 Deg. C for 2 hours
-
-
-
5.3.1.6.1) 8500 CFM-10 mm static
4
-
-
5.3.1.6.2) 9000 CFM-10 mm static
4
-
-
5.3.1.6.3) 9500 CFM-10 mm static
2
-
-
5.3.1.6.4) 14500 CFM-10 mm static
2
-
-
5.3.1.7) Cabinet fans-
SITC of AMCA Certified supply & exhaust type cabinet fan complete with mounting accessories, vibration isolators, Fire retardant flexible connection & all accessories as per specifications and any other item required to make the system complete. Fans shall be suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz AC power supply. Fan shall have noise level ˂ 60 dba at a distance of 1.0 Meter Fan shall be AMCA Certified
-
-
-
5.3.1.7.1) 1000 CFM-10 mm static
1
-
-
5.3.1.7.2) 1500 CFM-10 mm static
1
-
-
5.3.1.7.3) 3000 CFM-10 mm static
2
-
-
5.3.2) For Kitchen Exhaust
-
-
-
5.3.2.1) SCRUBBER - Supply, installing, testing and commissioning industrial grade electrostatic air Scrubber for kitchen application ,complete as per technical specification.
-
-
-
Dry scrubber – Electrostatic Air cleaner as per specifications,suitable for
following capacities. The Air filtration efficiency should be between 90 to 95% &
units shall be staked one above other or side by side as per site requirement.
Finishing - Powder coated.
Operating voltage - 220 Vac+/-10%, 50 Hz (Single phase)
Features - Short circuit, arc protection with auto power restore for power pack
Efficiency - Upto 95%, meets NIOSH 5026 Oil Mist Test
Particle Size - Collects particles as small as 0.01 microns
Motor - Sealed ball bearings UL, single phase.
Cell - Ionizing voltage - 12 KVdc
Collector voltage - 6 KVdc
-
-
-
One cell comprising of 9 ionizing wires and 25 collection plate
Controls - Auto cut-off when door is opened. Indicator lights for fault, normal or
wash function.
Pre-filter - Aluminium mesh, washable Dry contact for BMS.
NOTE-
1. Electrical static air cleaner shall be suitable for Indoor installation and shall have IP 42 protection.
2. units shall be staked one above other or side by side as per site requirement.
3. Unit shall be provided with Manual Cleaning arrangements
-
-
-
Contractor to supply Scrubber starter panel eithir mounted directly on unit body or Modular along the unit and shall be installed by himself complete in all respect with necessary control & power cabling. The panel shall be of IP 42 Protection and must have arrangement to receive BMS & fire signal input.
-
-
-
5.3.2.1.1) For Exhaust Air Capacity - 3600 CFM- Ground Floor Kitchen
1
-
-
5.3.2.2) KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN- Supply, installation , testing & commissioning of Fan - SISW backward curved centrifugal fan (side discharge ) with necessary supports arrangement, sq cage induction motor, GSS frame support work, belt drive with required size pulleys and belts, spring type vibration isolator, base frame, motor shall be class EFF1 and suitable to 415+/-10% V, 50 hz, 3 phase AC supply. Fan shall be suitable for Kitchen exhaust ( without considering kitchen hood and grease filters ) & Total static pressure should not be less than 35mm. Complete fan, scroll and blade shall be powder coated with non stick paint. Fan shall be supplied with starter panel BMS compatible..
Motor shall be outside the airstream & Class F insulation
Exhaust fans shall be with SS insect mesh at to exhaust air & belt gaurd. Exhaust fan shall be with vcd & shall be connected by fire rated canvass connection.
Fan performance rating data shall be tested accordance with AMCA Standard 210-85
-
-
-
Fan mounting stand shall be MS powder coated and shall be able to withstand fan static and dynamic weight. Fan motor enclosure shall be IP-55 rated. Contractor to supply fan starter panel mounted directly on fan body / Modular along the fan and shall be installed by himself complete in all respect. The panel shall be of IP 55 Protection and must have arrangement to receive BMS & fire signal input. If required contractor to provide canopy above fan starter panel. Fan capacity shall be matched with approved air quantity of dry scrubber unit. Contractor shall submit pressure drop calculation before ordering this fan as per approved shop drawing. Also motor selected shall be 20% higher capacity w.r.t. power required at duty point.
-
-
-
5.3.2.2.1) For Exhaust Air Capacity - 3600 CFM @ 35 mm Total Static Pressure or as per actual calculations
1
-
-
5.3.3) DIRECT EVAPORATIVE AHU (AIR WASHER)
-
-
-
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Floor mounted Evaporative Cooling type double skin Air Handling Units with sandwich PUF panel in between with min. 25mm thickness and density not less than 40kg/cum. The AHU shall comprises of cellulose pad min 300 mm thick with Munters make pad only and with min 90 % Sat Effi or above, HDPE washable pre filter 10 micron, 2 Pass PVC drift eliminator, 18 G thk SS 304 Basin/tank , 2 nos water circulation pump with motor -make (1W+1SB) for water circulation inside the AHU only, vibration isolators, with proper water.
AL opposed blade dampers at discharge in 18 G only, with nylone gear. Brass strainer 1 No per unit, Flexible canvass connections constructed of fire resistant material, double canvas sleeve connection,.
Entire unit shall be supported on MS channel/basefreame.
-
-
-
GI 'C' Class spray header. 1 No per unit, GI 'C' class : 1 x Lot per unit for interconnection of water distribution arrangement with pumps, Float valve, ball valves (at inlet & outlet of pumps) GI bleed off connection with gun metal valve,
Non return valves 2 nos for cooling unit pumps (1 W+1SB) Drain cum overflow nozzle connection 1 No per unit, The AHU shall be with marine light, Fan guard and door open limit switch. AHU shall have blower for Supply only.
The AHU shall be supplied with Protection frame with 3 mm Thick GI wire with 1 inch spacing for filter protection. The arrangement shall allow the smooth removal of filter for cleaning.
-
-
-
The AHU fan motor shall be of min EFF-1 standard . The AHU shall be supplied with suitable electrical power starter panel mounted directly on AHU body with necessary control & power cabling. The panel shall be of IP 55 Protection and must have arrangement to receive BMS & fire signal input.
All necessary internal FRLS PVC wiring, Pump working / Standby wire /control shall be provided by OEM, only single point supply will be provided to AHU panel.
-
-
-
Contractor shall submit pressure drop calculation before ordering this AHU as per approved shop drawing. Also motor selected shall be 20% higher capacity w.r.t. power required at duty point.
-
-
-
5.3.3.1) 30000 CFM @ 25 External Static Pressure
2
-
-
5.3.3.2) 25000 CFM @ 25 External Static Pressure
2
-
-
5.3.3.3) 10000 CFM @ 25 External Static Pressure
1
-
-
5.3.3.4) 4500 CFM @ 25 External Static Pressure
1
-
-
5.3.4) DUCT WORK
-
-
-
5.3.4.1) Supply, installation, balancing and commissioning of factory fabricated GSS sheet metal rectangular/round ducting complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows, splitter dampers, vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved drawings and specifications of following sheet thickness complete as required.
Ducting shall be provided with min. 120 GSM
-
-
-
5.3.4.1.1) Thickness 0.63 mm - (0 To 750 mm Longest dimension)
640
-
-
5.3.4.1.2) Thickness 0.80 mm - (751 To 1500 mm Longest dimension)
384
-
-
5.3.4.1.3) Thickness 1.00 mm - (1501 To 2200 mm Longest dimension)
728
-
-
5.3.4.2) Supply, installation, balancing and commissioning of site fabricated GSS sheet metal rectangular/round ducting complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows, splitter dampers, vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved drawings and specifications of following sheet thickness complete as required.
Ducting shall be provided with min. 120 GSM
-
-
-
5.3.4.2.1) Thickness 0.63 mm - (0 To 750 mm Longest dimension)
152
-
-
5.3.4.2.2) Thickness 0.80 mm - (751 To 1500 mm Longest dimension)
80
-
-
5.3.4.2.3) Thickness 1.00 mm - (1501 To 2200 mm Longest dimension)
182
-
-
5.3.4.3) KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCT-
Supply, Fabrication, installation and testing of GI ducts - 18G thick including angle supports, channels, rods, anchor fasteners, Primary MS Painted Supports nuts-bolts-screws-rivets, gaskets, stiffeners, turning vanes etc. in accordance with IS655 & approved shop drawings. Entire duct shall be fabricated at factory. Entire ducting shall be insulated from out side using Rockwell insulation with density of 80 kg/Cum & thickness 50mm. Insulation material shall be inline with BS 476 part 4, 6 & 7.
Entire Ducting shall be pressure tested.
Ducting shall be provided with internal fire rated paint for 250deg c for 2 hours.
all ancillary works shall be fire rated. The optimum paint thickness shall be applied to achieve desired fire rating.
50
-
-
5.3.5) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of G.I volume control duct damper complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, Nylone Gear ,nuts, bolts, screws, linkages, flanges etc, as per specifications
22
-
-
5.3.6) Supplying, Installing, testing and balancing & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium Grills of various sizes & angle of deflection as per specifications and approved drawings.
-
-
-
5.3.6.1) Supply Air Grills with Al. Damper
60
-
-
5.3.6.2) Return Air Grills
2
-
-
5.3.7) Supplying, Installing, testing, balancing & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium Transfer Air Grills of various sizes and as per specifications and approved drawings and schedules
1
-
-
5.3.8) Diffuser
-
-
-
5.3.8.1) Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of supply air diffusers of powder coated aluminium with aluminium volume control dampers with anti smudge ring & removable core. and any other item required to make the system complete. The diffuser shall be provided with required neck sizes with out any extra cost
Diffuser outer size shall be 600x600
9
-
-
5.3.8.2) Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of Return air diffusers of powder coated aluminium without volume control dampers with anti smudge ring & removable core. and any other item required to make the system complete. The diffuser shall be provided with required neck sizes with out any extra cost
Diffuser outer size shall be 600x600
9
-
-
5.3.9) MS GRILLE
-
-
-
5.3.9.1) Supplying, Installing, testing and balancing & fixing of powder coated Heavy Duety MS Grills with MS damper of various sizes and with adjustable blades. Kitchen Application
3
-
-
5.3.10) Supplying, Installing & testing of Al.powder coated Gravity louvers for Exhaust fans.
17
-
-
5.3.11) Supplying, Installing, testing and commissioning of powder coated extruded aluminium exhaust / Sunction air louvers with metallic frame work & fixing accessories, to be fixed on external wall to exhaust air. Louvers need to be suitable in order avoid rain water entry @ 15 degree deflection with bird screen complete as per specification approved drawings and schedules.
14
-
-
5.3.12) Supporting Steel component like, ISA,ISMC,MS Chanel ,MS Angle, MS chequered plate, MS Plates for fabrication for support/ Foundation with double coat of red oxide and double coat of synthetic enamal paint. (colour shall be approved by Archite./ consultant)
6
-
-
5.3.13) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of multi blade, motorised fire & smoke dampers with spring return actuator. The damper shall be of atleast 2 hr. fire rating with 450 mm duct sleeve. The damper shall be UL 555 S certified. The damper shall be constructed out of 16G galvanised sheet steel. The damper shall be provided with Airofoil opposed blade, with bass bush. & must have NO-OFF marking emboss on metal It shall be complete with control panel, actuator, sensor and inter-locking / wiring / connection for tripping of Equipment's .
The Dampers must have a provision for BMS status. Note: Each Fire Damper Control Panel (Electronic Type) should control Motorised Dampers with the following features.
a) Control Panel should trip upon the input from External Fire panel / BMS with Auto Reset option.
b) Interlocking of AHU’s /Fan/ Equipment's
c) Control panel should show the status (Open / close) of individual fire damper.
18
-
-
5.3.13.1) Actuatos for Fire & Smoke Dampers - Contacts shall be provided in the actuator to receive signals from remote fire alarm system for closing the damper in case of fire.
17
-
-
5.3.13.2) Supply, laying & termination of 3C x 1.5Sq.mm power cabling between 230V single phase power socket to Actuator with necessary supports & clamps.
150
-
-
5.3.14) Acoustic insulation-Supply & fixing of Acoustic insulation for Supply air duct using 10 mm thick class 1 rating Open cell nitrile rubber elastomeric insulation with density of 140 - 180 kg / m³. The insulation manufactured as per BS 476 Part 7 & which should also meet UL 94 test supplementary materials for air distribution system which should not absorbs less 0.2% water by volume (ASTM c 209), should not support microbial growth (ASTM 2180, G21, G22) and should not emit objectionable odors (ASTM C 665) and should have thermal conductivity of 0.04W/m K @ 20 degC as per DIN EN 12667. and water vapor permeance of 0.10. Adhesive shall be used additionally with CPRX compound etc. complete as required and as per specifications.
-
-
-
5.3.14.1) 10 mm
35
-
-
5.3.15) Supplying and fixing of following thickness duly laminated aluminium foil of mat finish closed cell nitril rubber (Class "O") insulation on GI duct after applying two coats of cold setting adhesive (CPRX compound) The joints shall sealed with 50 mm wide and 3 mm thick self adhesive nitrile rubber tape insulation complete as per specification and as required.
134
-
-
5.3.15.1) 19 MM thick
90
-
-
5.3.15.2) 25 MM thick
1500
-
-
5.3.16) Insulation bags-Supply & placement of insulation bags of size 600 x 600 above the false ceiling . The insulation shall be of glass wool with 50 mm thickness arranged in plastic bag and density of not less that 16 Kg/cum.
2178
-
-
5.3.17) Under deck/ Ceiling insulation- Expanded Polystyrene insulation fixed under slab (50mm thick - 24kg/m3 Density) (TF quality) with Hot Bitumen applied on on eside with wire mesh for fixing
211
-
-
5.3.18) Aluminium cladding-26 G thick Aluminium cladding for Exposed Duct thermal insulation protection. The Cladding shall be provided with Diamond finish texture.
211
-
-
6) COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
-
-
-
6.1) COMPRESSOR AND ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
6.1.1) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Lubricated Air-cooled Screw Compressor inbuilt with drier and oil injected of 125 CFM (FAD) capacity complete with motor, instrumentation & controls and all the accessories including union , reducer for piping connection to compressor
1
-
-
6.1.2) Air receiver complete with all the accessories as per specifications mentioned below and as per IS 2825 and MOC as per IS 2002 Gr .2 , 1.0 M³ (1.5KL) Nominal Volume Air Receiver, Suitable for working pressure of 8.5 bar, complete with welded supporting stand. Inspection door with cover , in/out flanged connection , Also anti corrosion Epoxy protective coating (blue color ) for out side also epoxy anti corrosion protective coating (white color) in side the receiver. Air recover shall be with two nos of Pressure relief valves, drain trap assembly and one nos of pressure gauge with isolation valve. The design and functional requirements of pressure
relief valves shall conform to ISO 4126-1.Safety relief valve(s) for working pressure of 8.5kg(g)
1
-
-
6.1.3) Particulate filter of 125 CFM capacity to remove liquid particles down to 0.1 micron
1
-
-
6.1.4) Oil filter of 125 CFM capacity to remove liquid particles down to 0.01 PPM
1
-
-
6.2) PIPING
-
-
-
6.2.1) Supply & installation GI pipes comply to IS: 1239 (Class HVY up to 150 NB) & IS: 3589 Gr 410 for 200NB & Above (6 mm thick) .Fittings shall comply to ASTM A105 & ASTM A234 Gr. WPB.Flanges shall be as per ASTM A105 & IS: 2062. Flanges shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.5, 150#. All other fittings ≤50NB shall be dimensionally as per ANSI B16.11, 3000# and 65 NB as per ANSI B16.9.Piping joints shall be socket welded to ANSI B16.11 for sizes ≤50NB and butt welded to ANSI B16.25 for 50NB. The work shall
include all necessary pipe fittings.
-
-
-
Above ground shall be painted with anti corrision epoxy coating with colour as specified, including necessary flanged joints, bends, tees .After erection the entire piping system shall be hydro tested at 10.5 kg./sq.cm (g) pressure. Cost should be inclusive of all supports/clamps/brackets, anchor fastener etc as required
-
-
-
6.2.1.1) 15 NB
12
-
-
6.2.1.2) 25 NB
160
-
-
6.2.1.3) 40 NB
3
-
-
6.2.1.4) 50 NB
459
-
-
6.2.2) Underground pipes shall be laid 1 m below ground level and wrapped and coated as per IS: 10221.On completion of wrapping and coating with 4 mm thick (1 coat) entire piping system shall be hydro tested at 1.5 times the working pressure for 2 hours.
-
-
-
6.2.2.1) 50 NB
114
-
-
6.2.3) Providing, laying, jointing and testing socketed and spigotted RCC pipes (NP2 class) conforming to IS:458 jointed with cement mortar & laid to correct levels below ground up to required depth including excavation in all kind of soil dewatering, refilling, watering ramming and removing the surplus excavated material and making good the same complete as required.
-
-
-
6.2.3.1) 100 NB
15
-
-
6.3) VALVES
-
-
-
6.3.1) Supply & installation Ball valve suitable for working pressure of 8.5 bar confirm to EN 1012 and BALL VALVE,ASTM A216 Gr. WCB, SS304, BODY SEAT RPTFE, 150#, RF, Sizes( ≥ 50NB) shall be flanged. Ends shall be drilled to ANSI B16.5. valve, in smaller sizes (50NB), shall be with screwed ends
-
-
-
6.3.1.1) 15 NB
7
-
-
6.3.1.2) 25 NB
38
-
-
6.3.1.3) 40 NB
1
-
-
6.3.1.4) 50 NB
9
-
-
6.3.2) Automatic drain Trap assembly inclusive of two no's ball valves, one no of strainer and trap with balance line as shown in the Layout drawing
3
-
-
6.3.3) Supply & installation cast iron double flanged with cast iron body and gunmetal internal parts conforming to IS : 5312. horizontal / vertical Non return valve including rubber gasket, union, etc. complete as required.
-
-
-
6.3.3.1) 50 NB
1
-
-
6.4) INSTRUMENTS
-
-
-
6.4.1) Provide pressure gauges, conforming to the requirements of IS-3624:1987, All gauges shall be provided with snubbers. Gauges shall have 100mm diameter dial, white coated with black figures and graduations. Shutoff cock shall be provided between gauge and piping to permit gauge removal while system is under pressure
3
-
-
6.4.2) Supply & installation of Pressure transmitter of aluminium casing (epoxy coated), and 316 SS element and accuracy of +/-0.01% of span, including accessories , indication with lcd display.
1
-
-
7) ELECTRICAL WORKS
-
-
-
7.1) RMU, HT PANELS, TRF, 4 POLE STRUCTURE FOR 33 KV SYSTEM and BUS DUCTS
-
-
-
7.1.1) RMU
-
-
-
7.1.1.1) Supply, installation , testing & commissioning of compact RMU (Ring main unit). comprising 1 No. 33 KV , 630 A , 25 KA , VCB breaker as incomer and 2 nos. 630 A VCB as outgoing with necessary protections, earth switch bus bars, interlocking and earth bar complete with snap action mechanism for manual operation along with Earth switch for Cable and breakers. RMU shall be suitable for outdoor installation with IP-55 protection (Minimum). The same shall be provided with Control supply Power pack system of adequate capacity.
1
-
-
7.1.1.2) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Metering cubicle (Outdoor type) as per EB specification, statutory requirement and by-laws of the state as shown in the attached Dwg:TCE-10106D-EL-4000-AU-41701, 41702. This meter shall be suitable for net metering considering 200kWp Solar power generation.
1
-
-
7.1.1.3) 4 POLE STRUCTURE
-
-
-
The BOQ given is for reference only. The Bidder shall make his own estimate of quantities for all items, systems. It should be clearly understood that the contract for this system will be on 'EPC' (lump sum) basis and no variation will be allowed for items of works not foreseen or omitted by the Bidder at the proposal stage. Even if all components of a system are not explicitly identified and/or listed herein, these shall be supplied under this contract to ensure completeness of the system and facilitate proper operation and easy maintenance of the system. The BOQ shall be submitted by the Bidder along-with the Proposal. Bidder to note that supply & installation of 33kv cable and its termination is accounted separately in BOQ so shall not be considered in the lumpsum pricing.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.1) Four pole structures, including 200 X 100 RSJ poles-13 Mtr long, foundation for RSJ poles and epoxy primer with epoxy paint for RSJ poles including installation of GOD switch, 33KV, 200 A with connecting rod, down pipe, operating handle & with all necessary accessories including required hardware, clamps of 50 X10 mm flat, 100 X 50 mm ISMC supports etc. Structural support except RSJ pole shall be galvanised, providing 33kV polymer disc and pin insulators, AAAC DOG conductor with heat shrinkable Raychem sleeving, accessories such as PG clamps, support structure etc. as per EB specifications. The scope of works also includes tapping of 33KV(E), 3C x 300 sq.mm. AL. XLPE cables from 33kV line pole near metering yard, Laying, Termination up to Four pole structure and further laying from Four pole structure to Metering kiosk / HT Panel / RMU panels located near Four pole structure.
1
-
-
7.1.1.3.2) 200mm X 100mm RSJ Poles of 13 meters height with two coats of epoxy primer and two coats of epoxy paint for tapping 33 kV power supply from 33kV Transmission line located near MSME plot. - 4 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.3) Cross arms of ISMC 100 with two coats of primer & two coats of silver paint. - 16 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.4) 36 kV polymer disc insulators with hardware suitable for 0.1 AAAC DOG conductor - 6 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.5) 36 kV polymer pin insulators as per EB (BSEB) and TCE Specification - 12 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.6) Lightning arrestors-30kV Gapless Metal oxide - 3 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.7) 33kV GOD (Double break Isolator) and mounting channel & with all other necessary accessories - 2 Nos.
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.8) Pole earthing (G.I. pipe Earthing) as per IS 3043 standard / TCE Specifications (Approx. Qty. - 10 Nos.)
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.9) Anti climbing device suitable for Four Pole structure
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.10) Stay sets , Strut poles
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.11) Clamps and hardware
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.12) 33kV Danger boards in English and Hindi
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.13) Filling of gravel (80mm min.) in 36kV metering yard & Four pole structures
-
-
-
7.1.1.3.14) Other items - if any for successful completion of above system
-
-
-
7.1.2) HT PANEL-1
-
-
-
33 kV, VCB Panel Board
-
-
-
Supply, installation, testing , commissioning (SITC) assembly, factory test, loading, unloading & supervision at site of Outdoor type HT panel board fabricated out of minimum 2 mm thick sheet steel as per specifications. The panel shall be complete with cable termination arrangement for incoming & outgoing XLPE, 33 KV cable along with Earth switch for Cable and breakers. The panel shall comprise of the following:
-
-
-
7.1.2.1) The HT panel includes 1 No. of 630A VCB as a Incomer and 2 Nos. of 630A VCB (with provision of 1 no. outgoing for future) as outgoing for Transformer, required protective relays suitable for Protecting 2 Nos. of 1000 kVA ONAN type Transformer. Refer Dwg:TCE-10106D-EL-4000-AU-41701, 41702
1
-
-
7.1.3) 33 kV Cables
-
-
-
7.1.3.1) Supplying of XLPE power cable of 33 KV (UE) grade of following size (As per EB requirement for incoming cable)
-
-
-
7.1.3.1.1) 3C X 300 SQMM
750
-
-
7.1.3.2) Laying of one number XLPE power cable of 33 KV grade of following size direct in ground through hume pipes including excavation and refilling the trench etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.1.3.2.1) Above 120 sqmm and up to 400 sqmm
750
-
-
7.1.3.3) Supplying and making outdoor cable end termination with heat shrinkable joining kit complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for following size of 3 core, XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 33 KV (UE) grade as required.
-
-
-
7.1.3.3.1) 3 C X 300 SQMM (Terminations suitable for terminating on 4 pole structure, RMU, HT panel, Outdoor Oil TRF etc.)
2
-
-
7.1.3.4) Supplying and making Indoor cable end termination with heat shrinkable joining kit complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for following size of 3 core, XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 33 KV (UE) grade as required.
-
-
-
7.1.3.4.1) 3 C X 300 SQMM (Terminations suitable for terminating on HT RMU and HT panel)
9
-
-
7.1.3.5) Supplying and making outdoor cable (Raychem / 3M or Equivalent make) Heat Shrinkable Straight through joint termination kits complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for following sizes of 33 kV, XLPE insulated Aluminium conductor UE grade, Flat strip armoured cable. (Supply & installation included).
-
-
-
7.1.3.5.1) 3C X 300 sq mm. UE grade cable
2
-
-
7.1.4) Power Transformers
-
-
-
7.1.4.1) 1000 KVA, 33/0.433KV, Dyn11, 3-ph , 50Hz, Class A insulation, impedance 5%, ONAN cooled , copper wound , oil filled with OLTC & RTCC in steps of 1.25% from + 10% to - 10% at HV side. Losses will be based on IS-1180 guidelines.
2
-
-
7.1.5) Miscellaneous Items
-
-
-
7.1.6) Bus Duct (In sandwich construction)
Supplying, installing by suspension on from ceiling & Floor, testing and commissioning of following capacity sandwhich type Bus trunking for use on 3 ph+4 wire 415 volts , 50 Hz, AC supply with metal clad enclosure of 1.6 mm thick steel sheet duly powder coated in convenient sections complete with 4 no's aluminium bus bars, necessary joints, elbow joints & expansion joints and bends fire barrier at building entry , adopter box and copper flexible for joints(Transformer end and panel end) , continuous earthing with 2 no's aluminium strip of suitable size(one on each side) including G.I. clamping brackets , suspenders, angle iron bracket, steel fasteners, connecting to earthing system as required. Bus Duct should be suitable for indoor and outdoor installation.
-
-
-
7.1.6.1) 1600 amps
30
-
-
7.2) UPS SYSTEM & INVERTER
-
-
-
7.2.1) Supply,Transprtation, storing at site, shifting at work place, installation, Testing and commissioning of the following rating Modular type UPS/Inverter as per specifications and complete in all respects. The scope also includes supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Sealed Maintenance Free lead acid Batteries complete with intercell connectors & copper cables, battery stand made out of Powder Coated MS Angles with adequate supports to carry the load of the batteries & also TVSS at the input of each UPS to protect against transients, surges & Noise as per the tender specifications.
-
-
-
7.2.1.1) 200 KVA UPS in parallel mode with 15 minutes battery back up with static & manual bypass Input Voltage: 3 Ph 415 Volts, ±10% , Output : 3 -Phase-415 Volts, 50 Hz ±2% ,
2
-
-
7.2.1.2) 20 KVA UPS with ,15 Min battery backup , with static & manual bypass Input Voltage: 3 Ph 415 Volts, ±10% Output : 3 -Phase-415 Volts, 50 Hz ±2% ,
1
-
-
7.2.1.3) 2 KVA Digital True Sine wave inverter , Offline, 15 Min battery back, Input Voltage : 1 Ph 230 Volts, ±10% , Output : 1-Phase-230Volts, 50 Hz ± 2%
3
-
-
7.2.1.4) 5 KVA Digital True Sine wave inverter , Offline, 15 Min battery back, Input Voltage : 1 Ph 230 Volts, ±10% , Output : 1-Phase-230Volts, 50 Hz ± 2%
1
-
-
7.2.1.5) 1 KVA Digital True Sine wave inverter , Offline, 15 Min battery back, Input Voltage : 1 Ph 230 Volts, ±10% , Output : 1-Phase-230Volts, 50 Hz ± 2%
2
-
-
7.3) DG SETS AND EXHAUST PIPING SYSTEM
-
-
-
7.3.1) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of radiator cooled 250kVA , 0.415 KV, 50 Hz- 3 phase prime (actual) rating diesel generating set along with powder coated acoustic enclosure, AVM Pads including cable termination box with all associated equipment / work as per specifications. Alternator shall have class F insulation 415 Volts and rated for 200 KW output at 0.8 p.f. at site. suitable for outdoor type operation/installation. Refer DG Switchgear SLD -TCE.10106D-EL-SK-41705.
2
-
-
Exhaust Piping-Supply, installation, errection
-
-
-
7.3.1.1) M.S exhaust pipe with flanges, bends, etc. of 250mm dia with 5 mm wall thickness. for 10 Meters - For above 2 DG sets.
-
-
-
7.3.1.2) MS support for E.pipe (Angle, Channel of different size etc.) complete with fabrication, erection & painting etc. as per standard - For above 2 DG sets.
-
-
-
7.3.1.3) 50 mm thick insulation for exhaust pipe (Aluminium 24/26 SWG sheet & glass wool / rockwool for 250 mm dia for 10 Meters - For above 2 DG sets.
-
-
-
7.3.1.4) 990 litre day oil tank suitable for outdoor storage located near to DG set with Required pipe and other accessories as per statutory requirement etc.- For above 2 DG sets.
-
-
-
7.3.1.5) DG set Stack/chimney height shall be suitable to conform to latest pollution control norms set by CPCB or MPCB, factory act applicable whosoever is stringent including design and Preparation of all drawings for stack and stack supporting arrangement. - For above 2 DG sets.
-
-
-
7.4) LT PANELS
-
-
-
7.4.1) Supplying, Installation, testing and commissioning of cubical type LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase,4 wire 50 Hz AC supply system fabricated in compartmentalized design from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work and covers (Panels having ACB as Incomer – FORM 4A and other Panels – FORM 3B), 3mm thick for gland plates i/c cleaning & finishing completed 7 tank process of powder coating in approved shade, having 60Amp capacity extensible type TPN Aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity,DMC/SMC bus bar supports,with short circuit withstand capacity for 1 sec, bottom base channel of MS section not less that 100 mm x 50mm x 5mm thick, fabrication shall be done transportable sections,entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 50mmx6mm at the rear with 2 no's earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switchgears with required size of alunimium bus bars and control wiring FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor S/C cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/c providing following switch gears: (with all necessary hardware, accessories as required for complete installation as per specifications and DWG:TCE.10106D-4000-AU-41701).
-
-
-
7.4.1.1) PCC
1
-
-
7.4.1.1.a) DG SWGR/Synchronization Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.2) Main Admin panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.3) Main Dining Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.4) Main UPS MCC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.5) Training CNC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.6) Training Admin UPS Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.7) Production CNC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.8) Production Admin UPS Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.9) Training Raw Power MCC-1
1
-
-
7.4.1.10) Training Raw Power MCC-2
1
-
-
7.4.1.11) Training Raw Power Sub Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.12) Main Lighting & Power panel - Training
1
-
-
7.4.1.13) Main Lighting & Power panel - Production
1
-
-
7.4.1.14) Production Raw Power MCC
1
-
-
7.4.1.15) Production Raw Power Sub Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.16) Training HVAC Terrace Panel-Outdoor
1
-
-
7.4.1.17) Main HVAC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.18) Production HVAC Terrace Panel -Outdoor
1
-
-
7.4.1.19) Utility Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.20) APFC-1 Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.21) Feeder Pillar1
1
-
-
7.4.1.22) Dining HVAC Panel-Outdoor
1
-
-
7.4.1.23) Boys Hostel Sub Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.24) Girls Hostel Sub Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.25) Staff Accommodation Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.26) Sump pump Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.27) Plug and Play area Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.28) Rural Technology Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.29) Plug and Play area HVAC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.30) Rural Technology HVAC Panel
1
-
-
7.4.1.31) Cable Termination Adopter Panel For machines with 63 A, 16 kA MCCB.
39
-
-
7.4.1.32) Cable Termination Adopter Panel For machines with 100 A, 16 kA MCCB.
2
-
-
7.4.1.33) Cable Termination Adopter Panel For machines with 160 A, 16 kA MCCB.
2
-
-
7.4.1.34) Cable Termination Adopter Panel For machines with 200 A, 16 kA MCCB.
2
-
-
7.4.1.35) Cable Termination Adopter Panel For machines with 400 A, 25 kA MCCB.
1
-
-
7.4.1.36) Residebtial Energy meters having class 0.1 accuracy of measurement inline with the electricity distribution company specifications and approvals for loads less than 10 kw
10
-
-
7.4.1.37) 100 A, 16 kA MCCB with Enclosure for Isolation of Equipment's .Suitable for Cable Termination at both ends.
1
-
-
7.4.1.38) 400 A, 25 kA MCCB with Enclosure for Isolation of Equipment's .Suitable for Cable Termination at both ends.
2
-
-
7.5) MV / LV CABLING SYSTEM & ITS TERMINATIONS, CABLE TRAYS AND RACEWAYS
-
-
-
The cabling work includes Supply, handling (shifting from place of unloading to place of storage & shifting from place of storage to place of installation including insurance), installation, testing, commissioning & performance demonstration of LV Cables of following sizes to be laid buried in ground / through hume pipes or ready made RCC trenches/ laid on cable trays or pipe rack. Civil work such as excavation and back filling with sand & brick/ RCC tile/ semi-circle hume pipe protection etc., Cable trays with supports are measured separately. Miscellaneous items such as cable dressing accessories like nylon tie, Aluminium clamps, GI cleats, cable tags, etc. are included in the scope. Removal of empty drums, cartons and making the site normal as instructed by Employer/ client is included in scope. Installation of cables involves working at heights in the range of 8 to 12 meters. Use of Cherry piker/Scissor Lift & other necessary safety gears arrangements for working at this height shall be included in the scope of installation contractor.
-
-
-
7.5.1) Supplying and making cable route marker with cement concrete 1:2:4( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand :4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) of size 60 cm X 60 cm at the bottom and 50 cm X 50 cm at the top with thickness of 10cm including incription duly engraved as required.
75
-
-
7.5.2) Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.
-
-
-
7.5.2.1) 3.5 C x 70 Sqmm(38mm)
32
-
-
7.5.2.2) 3.5 C x 120 Sqmm(45mm)
38
-
-
7.5.2.3) 3.5 C x 185 Sqmm(58mm)
26
-
-
7.5.2.4) 3.5 C x 300 Sqmm(70mm)
134
-
-
7.5.2.5) 4 C x 16 Sqmm(28mm)
880
-
-
7.5.2.6) 4 C x 25 Sqmm(28mm)
436
-
-
7.5.3) Supply, loading, transportation unloading at site, storages at site, shifting from storage place to site and laying of following sizes of XLPE insulated PVC(Type ST-2) inner sheathed & FRLS outer sheathed, Aluminium conductor galvanized steel round wire/ flat strip armoured power cable of 1.1 KV grade conforming to IS amended up to date and as per specifications.
-
-
-
7.5.3.1) 3.5 C x 70 Sqmm
2310
-
-
7.5.3.2) 3.5 C x 120 Sqmm
2515
-
-
7.5.3.3) 3.5 C x 185 Sqmm
2590
-
-
7.5.3.4) 3.5 C x 300 Sqmm
18641
-
-
7.5.3.5) 4 C x 16 Sqmm
11600
-
-
7.5.3.6) 4 C x 25 Sqmm
11795
-
-
7.5.4) Supply, loading, transportation unloading at site, storages at site, shifting from storage place to site of following sizes of XLPE insulated PVC(Type ST-2) inner sheated & FRLS outer sheathed, Copper conductor galvanized steel round wire/ flat strip armoured power Cable of 1.1 KV grade conforming to IS amended up to date and as per specifications.
-
-
-
7.5.4.1) 3C x 2.5 Sqmm
2200
-
-
7.5.4.2) 4 C x 10 Sqmm
10360
-
-
7.5.4.3) 4 C x 4 Sqmm
2412
-
-
7.5.5) Cable end termination with brass double compression gland and Copper lugs for following size of XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed copper condutor cable of 1.1kV grade as required with earthing. Miscellaneous items like cable lugs, G.I nut - bolts and G.I washers, consumables and other hardware materials as required to make the installation complete, are in the scope. All G.I Nut, bolt and washers shall be HDGI with 80 micron.
-
-
-
7.5.5.1) 3C x 2.5 Sqmm
416
-
-
7.5.5.2) 2C x 4 Sqmm
96
-
-
7.5.5.3) 1C x 25 sq.mm (CU)
22
-
-
7.5.5.4) 1C x 240 sq.mm (CU)
36
-
-
7.5.5.5) 4 C x 10 Sqmm (25mm)
252
-
-
7.5.5.6) 4 X 4 sq. mm
134
-
-
7.5.6) Supply, loading, transportation unloading at site, storages at site, shifting from storage place to site of following sizes of XLPE insulated PVC(Type ST-2) inner sheated & FRLS outer sheathed, Copper conductor unarmoured power Cable of 1.1 KV grade conforming to IS amended up to date and as per specifications.
-
-
-
7.5.6.1) 1C x 25 sq.mm (CU)
140
-
-
7.5.6.2) 1C x 240 sq.mm (CU)
280
-
-
7.5.6.3) 2C x 4 Sqmm
210
-
-
7.5.7) Supplying and laying of following 1100 volts grade PVC FRLS(Type ST-2) insulated sheathed Copper conductor galvanized steel round wire/ flat strip armoured control cables in existing trenches cables trays, clamped on wall with suitable saddles, fixing bolts, including testing and commissioning.
-
-
-
7.5.7.1) 4 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
280
-
-
7.5.7.2) 12 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
30
-
-
7.5.7.3) 24 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
30
-
-
7.5.8) Cable end termination of the following PVC insulated sheathed Copper conductor control cables of 1100 volt grade including supplying and fixing of COPPER lugs. Double compression glands with earthing. Miscellaneous items like cable lugs, G.I nut - bolts and G.I washers, consumables and other hardware materials as required to make the installation complete, are in the scope. All G.I Nut, bolt and washers shall be HDGI with 80 micron.
-
-
-
7.5.8.1) 4 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
33
-
-
7.5.8.2) 12 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
8
-
-
7.5.8.3) 24 core 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor armoured control cables
8
-
-
7.6) DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
-
-
-
7.6.1) Supplying and fixing prewired SP MCB DB : Supplying and fixing following way single pole and neutral, sheet steel MCB distribution board 240 volts on surface/recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar , earth bar , din bar , interconnections , power painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB / RCCB / Isolator ).
-
-
-
7.6.1.1) 8 Way ,Double Door
1
-
-
7.6.1.2) 12 Way ,Double Door
1
-
-
7.6.2) Supplying and fixing following way,horizontal type three pole and neutral,sheet steel,MCB distribution board, 415 Volts, on surface/recess, complete with tinned copper busbar, neutral busbar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator)
-
-
-
7.6.2.1) 4 way (4 +12), Double door
2
-
-
7.6.2.2) 6 way (4+18), Double door
20
-
-
7.6.2.3) 8 way (4+24), Double door
22
-
-
7.6.3) Supplying and fixing of following ways surface/ recess mounting, vertical type, 415 volts, TPN MCB distribution board of sheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 amps tinned copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's (but without MCB's and incomer) as required. (Note : Vertical type MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outlets are required.)
-
-
-
7.6.3.1) 6 way (4 + 18), Double door
1
-
-
7.6.3.2) 8 way (4 + 24), Double door
12
-
-
7.6.3.3) 12 way (4 + 36), Double door
22
-
-
7 6.4) Supplying and fixing following ways surface/ recess mounting, vertical type, 415 volts, TPN MCB distribution board of sheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 amps tinned copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's, with provision of 250 amps TPN 16 KA MCCB as incomer, interconnection between incomer MCCB and bus bars (but without MCB's/ MCCB) as required . (Note : Vertical type MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outlets are required.)
Outgoings as 63A MCBs
-
-
-
7.6.4.1) 8 way (4 + 24), Double door
1
-
-
7.6.4.2) 12 way (4 + 36), Double door
39
-
-
7.6.5) Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Street lighting Panel of Steel Sheet for 415V, 10 Way, 100 A RCCB/RCBO Incomer (10kA) (Ics=Icu) and 32A X 10 Nos MCB, 4P, 10kA outgoings with Astronomical Street light Timer, Power contactors, indication lamp, volt meter, ammeter and surface/ recess mounting, vertical type, 415 volts, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 100 Amps tinned Copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's as required. It shall have required Auto/Manual switch and ON/OFF Push buttons. Timer Equivalent to L and T, Legrand, Schneider astronomical timer
2
-
-
7.6.6) Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Landscape lighting Panel of Steel Sheet for 415V, 10 Way, 100 A RCCB/RCBO Incomer (10kA) (Ics=Icu) and 32A X 10 Nos MCB, 4P, 10kA outgoings with Astronomical Street light Timer, Power contactors, indication lamp, volt meter, ammeter and surface/ recess mounting, vertical type, 415 volts, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 100 Amps tinned Copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's as required. It shall have required Auto/Manual switch and ON/OFF Push buttons.
2
-
-
7.6.7) Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing cubicle panel board including drilling holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.6.7.2) 125 Amp, 16 KA
2
-
-
7.6.7.4) 200 Amp, 16 KA
19
-
-
7.6.7.6) 250 Amp, 25 KA
1
-
-
7.6.8) S/F 'C' Curve , SP MCB : Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps, rating, 240/415 volts, 'C' Curve , miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.6.8.1) Single Pole
1953
-
-
7.6.8.2) Double pole
2
-
-
7.6.8.3) Triple pole
709
-
-
7.6.8.4) Triple pole and neutral
12
-
-
7.6.9) S/F SP MCB blanking plate : Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc.as required.
7
-
-
7.6.10) S/F SPN RCCB :Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single phase and neutral), 240 volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current up to 300 milliamperes in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.6.10.2) 40 amps
1
-
-
7.6.11) Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase and neutral), 415 volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current up to 300 milliamperes in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.6.11.2) 40 amps
1
-
-
7.6.11.3) 63 amps
72
-
-
7.6.12) Supplying and fixing 63 A rating, 240/415 V, 10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.6.12.1) Single Pole and Neutral
90
-
-
7.6.12.2) Double pole
2
-
-
7.6.12.3) Triple pole
2
-
-
7.6.12.4) Triple pole and neutral
151
-
-
7.6.13) Supply & installation of wall/Column/Structure mounted MCB / MCCBs/ ISOLATOR with Rittal make enclosure with IP20/IP65 protection for incoming and outgoing power cable of suitable ratings
-
-
-
7.6.13.1) 6A SPN,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker, IP20
2
-
-
7.6.13.2) 6A SPN,1,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker, IP65
4
-
-
7.6.13.3) 16A SPN,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker, IP20
2
-
-
7.6.13.4) 16A SPN,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker, IP65
22
-
-
7.6.13.5) 63A TPN,16 kA, MCB, IP20
72
-
-
7.6.13.6) 63A TPN,16 kA, MCB, IP65
14
-
-
7.6.14) LOCAL DOL STARTER PANEL
-
-
-
415V, 50Hz, Short circuit rating minimum 10kA/1Sec, Outdoor type with additional rain canopy, mounted on steel structural support stand/Wall mounted, IP-65, Bottom cable entry, With TP MPCB feeders, With DOL Starter, Associated indications/push buttons & other components/accessories as applicable. TYPE-2 Coordination shall be ensured for all motor feeders.
-
-
-
7.6.14.1) 2.2kW Motor
3
-
-
7.6.14.2) 3.7kW Motor
3
-
-
7.6.15) LOCAL STAR DELTA STARTER PANEL
-
-
-
415V, 50Hz, Short circuit rating minimum 10kA/1Sec, Outdoor type with additional rain canopy, mounted on steel structural support stand/Wall mounted, IP-65, Bottom cable entry, With TP MPCB feeders, With DOL Starter, Associated indications/push buttons & other components/accessories as applicable. TYPE-2 Coordination shall be ensured for all motor feeders.
-
-
-
7.6.15.1) 11kW Motor
1
-
-
7.6.15.2) 15kW Motor
1
-
-
7.6.16) LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATION (LPBS)
-
-
-
with On, Off, & Emergency Trip (LOCKABLE), Auto/Manual Push button, IP55 protection
2
-
-
7.7) POINT WIRING AND ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
7.7.1) Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.7.1.1) Group B
796
-
-
7.7.2) Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduit, 2 way modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.
38
-
-
7.7.3) Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit along with 1 No 4 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required.
450
-
-
7.7.4) Wiring for light/ power plug with 4X4 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit along with 2 Nos 4 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required.
250
-
-
7.7.5) Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit as required
-
-
-
7.7.5.1) 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire
613
-
-
7.7.5.2) 2 X 2.5 sq. mm + 1 X 2.5 sq. mm earth wire
2889
-
-
7.7.5.3) 2 X 4 sq. mm + 1 X 4 sq. mm earth wire
3677
-
-
7.7.6) Wiring for light point/fan point/call bell point with 1.5 sq. mm., FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/recessed medium class PVC conduit with modular switch,modular plate,suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required.
-
-
-
7.7.6.1) Group B
1044
-
-
7.7.7) Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/recessed medium class PVC conduit, 2 way modular switch,modular plate,suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required.
238
-
-
7.7.8) Wiring for light/power plug with 2X4 sq. mm., FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed medium class PVC conduit, along with 1 no. 4sq.mm., FR PVC insulated, copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required.
2326
-
-
7.7.9) Wiring for Circuit/Submain Wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed medium class PVC conduit, as required.
-
-
-
7.7.9.1) 2 x 1.5 sq. mm + 1 x 1.5 sq. mm earth wire
4371
-
-
7.7.9.2) 2 x 2.5 sq. mm + 1 x 2.5 sq. mm earth wire
7652
-
-
7.7.10) Rewiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1 .5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable and 1.5 sq.mm. FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable as earth wire in existing surface/ recessed steel conduit including dismantling as required. (Group C)
65
-
-
7.7.11) Supplying and fixing of following sizes of steel conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including painting in case of surface conduit, or cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required.
-
-
-
7.7.11.1) 32 mm
48
-
-
7.7.12) Supplying and fixing of following sizes of Heavy duty PVC conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required.
-
-
-
7.7.12.1) 32 mm
223
-
-
7.7.13) Supplying and fixing following modular switch/ socket on the existing modular plate & switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.7.13.1) 5/6 amps switch
1023
-
-
7.7.13.2) 2 way 5/6 amps switch
8
-
-
7.7.13.3) 15/16 amp switch
221
-
-
7.7.13.4) 20 amp switch
100
-
-
7.7.13.5) 3 pin 5/6 amp socket outlet
458
-
-
7.7.13.6) 6 pin 15/16 amp socket outlet
538
-
-
7.7.13.7) 20/25A Socket outlet for Split AC
100
-
-
7.7.13.8) Bell push
19
-
-
7.7.13.9) 2 Nos of 6A sockets controlled by 1 No of 16A switch for Workstations
184
-
-
7.7.13.10) Supply and Installation of Reputed make Door bell
19
-
-
7.7.13.11) Supplying and fixing PVC batten/ angle holder including connections etc. as required.
45
-
-
7.7.14) S/F Modular Type Blanking Plate : Supplying and fixing modular blanking plate ,on the existing modular plate & switch box excluding modular plate etc. as required.
44
-
-
7.7.15) S/F GI Box along with modular plate: Supplying and fixing following size /modules, GI box along with modular base & cover plate for modular switches in recess etc as required.
-
-
-
7.7.15.1) 1 or 2 Module(75mmx75mm)
149
-
-
7.7.15.2) 3 Module (100mmX75mm)
50
-
-
7.7.15.3) 4 Module (125mmX75mm)
14
-
-
7.7.15.4) 6 Module (200mmX75mm)
57
-
-
7.7.15.5) 8 Module (125mmX125mm)
173
-
-
7.7.16) Supply & fixing following modular base and cover plate for modular switches in recess etc as required.
-
-
-
7.7.16.1) 1 or 2 Module
127
-
-
7.7.16.2) 3 Module
49
-
-
7.7.16.3) 4 Module
11
-
-
7.7.16.4) 6 Module
14
-
-
7.7.16.5) 8 Module
159
-
-
7.7.17) Supply and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing and fixing 3 pin , 5/6 Amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 Amps modular switch , connection etc . as required .
1337
-
-
7.7.18) Supply and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing and fixing 6 pin , 15/16 Amps modular socket outlet and 15/16 Amps modular switch , connection etc . as required .
337
-
-
7.7.19) Supplying and fixing call bell/ buzzer suitable for single phase,230 Volts, complete as required.
17
-
-
7. 7.20) Wiring for group controlled (looped) light point/fan point/exhaust fan point/ call bell point (without independent switch etc.) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit, and earthing the point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.
-
-
-
7. 7.20.1) Group B
593
-
-
7.7.21) Supplying and fixing TP sheet steel enclosure on surface/ recess along with 16/25/32amps 415 volts "C" curve TP MCB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
3
-
-
7.7.22) S/F 20 A SPN MCB industrial socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 20 Amps, 240 Volts, SPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 2 pole and earth metal enclosed plug top along with 20 Amps, C-Curve, SP MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket outlet, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
253
-
-
7.7.23) S/F 20 A TPN MCB industrial socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 20 Amps, 415 Volts, TPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 4 pole and earth metal enclosed plug top along with 20 Amps, C-Curve, TP MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket outlet, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
27
-
-
7.7.24) S/F 30 A TPN MCB industrial socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 30 Amps, 415 Volts, TPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 4 pole and earth metal enclosed plug top along with 30 Amps, C-Curve, TP MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket outlet, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
3
-
-
7.7.25) S/F 63 A TPN MCB industrial socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 63 Amps, 415 Volts, TPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 4 pole and earth metal enclosed plug top along with 30 Amps, C-Curve, TP MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket outlet, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
36
-
-
7.7.26) S/F 20 A SPN MCB socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 20 Amps, 240 Volts, SPN, socket outlet, with 2 pole and earth , plug top along with 20 Amps, C-Curve, SP MCB, in weather proof enclosure/Floor Junction Box, on surface or in recess, complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.(Weather Proof Type)
3
-
-
7.7.27) S/F 20 A TPN MCB socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 20 Amps, 415 Volts, TPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 4 pole and earth along with 20 Amps, C-Curve, TPN MCB, in weather proof enclosure/Floor Junction Box, on surface or in recess, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. (Weather Proof Type)
3
-
-
7.7.28) S/F 30 A TPN MCB socket outlet : Supplying and fixing 30 Amps, 415 Volts, TPN, industrial type socket outlet, with 4 pole and earth along with 30 Amps, C-Curve, TPN MCB, in weather proof enclosure/Floor Junction Box, on surface or in recess, complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. (Weather Proof Type)
8
-
-
7.8) CABLE TRAYS AND RACEWAYS
-
-
-
7.8.1) Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of hot dip GI PERFORATED TYPE Cable Trays with accessories such as coupling plates, bends, tees, reducers, coupling nut-bolts etc. along with necessary supporting frame, members, angles, clamps etc. of following width. The cost of installation shall include connection, bolting, cutting, finishing etc.
-
-
-
7.8.1.1) 600 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
50
-
-
7.8.1.2) 450 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
100
-
-
7.8.1.3) 300 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
125
-
-
7.8.1.4) 150 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
290
-
-
7.8.1.5) 100 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6mm thick
145
-
-
7.8.1.6) 75 mm width x50 mm depth x 2 mm thick
330
-
-
7.8.2) Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of white colour powder coated PERFORATED TYPE Cable Trays with accessories such as coupling plates, bends, tees, reducers, coupling nut-bolts etc. along with necessary supporting frame, members, angles, clamps etc. of following width. The cost of installation shall include connection, bolting, cutting, etc.
-
-
-
7.8.2.1) 600 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
677
-
-
7.8.2.2) 450 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
120
-
-
7.8.2.3) 300 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
1000
-
-
7.8.2.4) 150 mm width x50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
1010
-
-
7.8.3) Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of hot dip GI LADDER TYPE Cable Trays with accessories such as coupling plates, bends, tees, reducers, coupling nut-bolts etc. along with necessary supporting frame, members, angles, clamps etc. of following width. The cost of installation shall include connection, bolting, cutting, etc.
-
-
-
7.8.3.1) 750 mm width x75mm depth x 2.0 mm thick
200
-
-
7.8.3.2) 600 mm width x75mm depth x 2.0 mm thick
100
-
-
7.8.3.3) 300 mm width x75 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick
145
-
-
7.8.4) GI Raceways:
-
-
-
Supply, fixing, laying and embedding in underfloor GI raceway of following sizes complete with all accessories including neoprene gasket in joints ,cutting the floor and jamming the raceway with all necessary hardware (including civil works) as required.
-
-
-
7.8.4.1) 50 x 38 x 1.6mm
310
-
-
7.8.4.2) 100 x 38 x 1.6mm
155
-
-
7.8.4.3) 150 x 38 x 1.6mm
135
-
-
7.8.4.4) 300 x 38 x 1.6 mm
50
-
-
7.8.5) Junction box, 14 SWG CRCA powder coated, detachable access plate at four sides. Top cover shall be easily accessible for maintenance & included in scope. The required floor cutting for raceway & junction box shall be included in scope. All the junction boxes shall be provided with additional 3mm thick stainless steel (SS) plate above the junction box.
-
-
-
7.8.5.1) 50 X 50 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
155
-
-
7.8.5.2) 100 X 100 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
57
-
-
7.8.5.3) 150 X 150 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
36
-
-
7.8.5.4) 250 X 250 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
2
-
-
7.8.5.5) 300 X 300 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
15
-
-
7.8.5.6) 400 X 400 X 50 mm (LxWxH)
2
-
-
7.9) EARTHING SYSTEM
-
-
-
Supply & installation of Earth conductor of the following sizes to be buried in ground (Min 600mm but could be extended to 1500mm below ground as per site conditions to overcome the crossovers with other utilities) / in cable trays / Trenches / on wall / columns / trusses / inside pvc or hume pipes including cutting, drilling, tapping, jointing by welding, connecting to equipment's, painting to welded portion by black bitumen paint and with all necessary GI hardware. Copper strips shall be brazed and layed in sleeves.
For Lightning protection fixing of 25x6 mm GI earth strip to PEB roof using necessary clamping arrangement is included in Electrical contractor's scope & necessary co-ordination with PEB vendor shall be ensured by Contractor. Similarly for Roof slab/Parapet wall including vertical air termination system etc. all the necessary accessories such as cleating, saddling etc. shall be included in Electrical Contractor's scope. For outdoor areas earthing laying installation prices shall be inclusive of excavation, backfilling and removal of excess soil, compacting etc. Insulator base for strips running on wall and floor.
-
-
-
7.9.1) G.I. earth pipe electrode with Salt/Charcoal : Earthing with GI earth pipe 4.5 Mtr long , 40 mm dia including accessories and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. with charcoal/coke & salt as required.
64
-
-
7.9.2) G.I. earth pipe electrode with Salt/Charcoal : Earthing with GI earth pipe 6 Mtr long , 40 mm dia including accessories and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. with charcoal/coke & salt as required.
3
-
-
7.9.3) Required number of Test Earth pits as per CEIG specific requirements 100 mm Internal Diameter, 13 mm thick 3000 mm long CI pipe (Class B or better) earth electrode as per IS 3043. The earth pit shall be provided with 75 x 12 mm GI Strip up to chamber, disconnecting links with 500 x 500 mm (clear) brick chamber & 3mm thick CI chequered plate cover with hinge. Removal of excess soil is included in the scope.
6
-
-
7.9.4) Providing and fixing 25mm X 5mm GI strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
6740
-
-
7.9.5) Providing and fixing 8 SWG GI wire.
2120
-
-
7.9.6) Copper earth plate electrode : Earthing with Copper earth plate 600mm X 600mm X 3 mm thick including accessories and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/coke and salt as required.
15
-
-
7.9.7) Supplying and fixing earth bus of 50mmx10mm GI strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
1925
-
-
7.9.8) Providing and fixing 75mm X 12mm GI strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
303
-
-
7.9.9) Providing and fixing 25mm X 5mm CU strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
195
-
-
7.10) LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
-
-
-
7.10.1) Jointing copper / G.I. tape (with another copper/ G I tape, base of the finial or any other metallic object) by riveting / nut bolting/ sweating and soldering etc as required.
54
-
-
7.10.2) Providing and fixing testing joint, made of 20 mm X 3 mm thick G.I. strip, 125 mm long, with 4 nos. of G.I. bolts, nuts, chuck,nuts and spring washers etc. complete as required.
99
-
-
7.10.3) Providing and fixing 25mm X 5mm GI strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
4505
-
-
7.10.4) Providing and fixing 25mm X 6 mm GI strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required.
87
-
-
7.11) LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS
-
-
-
7.11.1) S/F Modular Type Electronic Fan Regulator : Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modular plate & switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.
448
-
-
7.11.2) Providing and fixing extra conduit down rod of 20 mm dia, 2X10 cm length wiring with 2 X 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable including painting etc. as required. (Note : More than 5 cm length shall be rounded to the nearest 10 cm and 5 cm or less shall be ignored)
448
-
-
7.11.3) Ceiling Fan : Installation ,testing and commissioning of ceiling fan including wiring the down rods of standard length (up to 30 cm) with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated ,copper conductor ,single core cable etc.as required.
1200 mm Sweep size, min 340 RPM and Off white color.
443
-
-
7.11.4) Ceiling Fan : Supply of ceiling fan with 1200 mm Sweep size, min 340 RPM and Off white color.
423
-
-
7.11.5) Supplying and fixing extra down rod of 10 cm length G.I. pipe ,15 mm dia, heavy gauge including painting etc. as required. (Note : More than 5 cm length shall be rounded to the nearest 10 cm and 5 cm or less shall be ignored)
86
-
-
7.11.6) Supplying and fixing extra conduit down rod of 20 cm length G.I. pipe 15 mm dia, heavy gauge including painting etc. as required. (Note : More than 5 cm length shall be rounded to the nearest 10 cm and 5 cm or less shall be ignored)
71
-
-
7.11.7) Numbering of ceiling fan/ exhaust fan/ fluorescent fittings as required.
3020
-
-
7.11.8) Installation of exhaust fan in the existing opening, including making good the damage, connection, testing, commissioning etc. as required.
-
-
-
7.11.8.1) Upto 450 mm sweep
6
-
-
7.11.9) Extra for fixing the louvers/ shutters complete with frame for a exhaust fan of all sizes.
6
-
-
7.11.10) POLE ERECTION
Erection of metallic pole of the following length in cement concrete 1:3:6(1 cement:3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) foundation including excavation and refilling etc. as required
-
-
-
7.11.10.1) 2.5 meter pole for post top
6
-
-
7.11.10.2) Above 6.5 metre and up to 8.0 metre
2
-
-
7.11.10.3) Above 10.00 metre and up to 12.00 metre
2
-
-
7.11.11) Erection of steel tubular or rail pole strut in cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) foundation including excavation and refilling and secured with holding clamps , bolts , nuts, etc as required.
205
-
-
7.11.12) Supplying and embedding following dia G.I. pipe (medium class) in pole collar/ foundation (during casting) for cable entry including bending the pipe to the required shape complete as required.
-
-
-
7.11.12.1) 40 mm dia
615
-
-
7.11.13) LIGHTING FIXTURES: Supply , unloading, handling (shifting from place of unloading to place of storage & shifting from place of storage to place of installation including insurance), installation, testing, commissioning & performance demonstration of luminaries including electronic or electromechanical ballast, control gear, capacitor, terminal connectors, lamp and other accessories as specified below. The luminaries shall be as per the details indicated in Technical specifications and data sheets. Rates quoted shall also include the installation of lighting fixtures, mounting & supporting heavy duty GI pipe/MS angle, down rod, supporting chain, SS hardware, clamps/ connectors & all other accessories required for proper fixing of the lighting luminaries. Supply of flexible metal conduit from junction box to fixture control gear box & up to fixture is included in the scope. All necessary 0.75 kV, 3Cx2.5 sq.mm PVC FRLS multi-stranded Copper conductor flexible cable from junction box to fixture control gear box & up to fixture, assembly of fixture & integral wiring of fixture & terminations are included in the scope. Note: Catalogue numbers indicated are only to describe type of light fixture required. Lamp Colour shall be as approved by Architect / Consultant.
-
-
-
7.11.13.1) Integral LED 4 ft luminaire with diffuser for smooth light distribution and IP20. The luminaire should have a color consistency SDCM 5, CRI 70 and CCT of 6500K/5700K.Luminaire shall be designed to emit at least 4000 nominal lumens at a system efficacy of at least 100 lumen/watt and system wattage of minimum 34W. The luminaire shall be designed so as to ensure lumen depreciation of up to 30% over 50k burning hours. The electronic driver used shall have a power factor 0.95 and THD 10% and suitable for an operating voltage range of 140-270V AC. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters.
Similar to Phillips make BN308C LED40S-6500 L120 PSU WH/ Bajaj make BCLAB 40W LED / Havells make STOUTPLUS1200BS40WLED857SPCWH
313
-
-
7.11.13.2) LED Recessed Downlighter with a nominal system lumen output of 1200 lumens and a minimum system efficacy of 100 lm/W. The luminaire shall have a rated system lifetime of 50,000 burning hours at L70. The luminaire should have a color temperature of 6500K/5700K and CRI80. The luminaire shall meet IP20 rating with THD10% and PF 0.9. The luminaire optics shall have a high efficiency diffuser. The total power consumption should not exceed 12W (including driver).Similar to Philips Make GREENPERFORM "Philips DN 393B LED12S-6500 PSU WH"/ Bajaj Make BZSLO 12W WH PRO/Havells make INTEGRANEODLR10WLED857S
218
-
-
7.11.13.3) LED 2x2 luminaire with CRCA housing suitable with fully diffused diffuser for general lighting in office areas. The luminaire should have CRI 80 and CCT of both 6500K/5700K. The luminaire shall be compliant with IP20 and IK02 classification. Luminaire shall be designed to emit at least 3600 nominal lumens and efficacy of at least 110 lumen/watt and Minimum system wattage of 31 Watts. The luminaire shall be designed so as to ensure lumen depreciation of up to 30% over 50k burning hours. The electronic driver used shall have a power factor 0.95 and THD 10%. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Similar to Philips RC380B LED36S-6500 G4 L60 W60/ Bajaj make BZRSQL GX 34W CW/ Havells make VENUSNEOHE2X2PLR18-42WLED857MOD
436
-
-
7.11.13.4) Dust and waterproof, IP65 LED Batten with a nominal system lumen output of 4000 lumens and a minimum system efficacy of 100 lm/W. The luminaire shall have a rated system lifetime of 50,000 burning hours at L70. The luminaire should have a color temperature of 6500K/5700K and CRI80. The luminaire shall meet IP65 rating with THD 10% and PF 0.95. The luminaire housing shall have silicone gasket material and UV Stabilized Diffuser. The total power consumption should not exceed 40W (including driver). Similar to Philips Make SMARTBRIGHT Waterproof "WT201C LED40S-6500 PSU L120 "/ Bajaj make BIPC 40W LED XE/ Havells make MAGNUMGRANDNEOIP6636WLED857SPC
135
-
-
7.11.13.5) LED Highbay luminaire with a housing of Pressure Die casted Aluminium and cover of toughened and shatter-proof quality glass to ensure protection. The luminaire should have a CRI 80 and CCT of 6500K/5700k. The luminaire shall be compliant with IP66 classification and impact protection of IK08 to ensure durability. Luminaire shall be designed to emit at least 13500 nominal lumens at a system efficacy of at least 120 lumen/watt and Minimum system wattage of 105W. Luminare should have specific designed optic module allows UGR＜25 with both centrally fit rotationally symmetric narrow beam 60 degree option available to provide flexibility in applications. The electronic driver used shall have a power factor 0.95 and THD 10% with a minimum inbuilt surge protection of 4kV. The luminaire should have Auto Shutdown at 325+-15V and Auto Recovery options with Loop In Loop Out model available too. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Similar to Phillips make BYP325P LED130S CW PSU GR FG NB/Bajaj make BGHBM 120W LED/ Havells make SAUCERNEOP100WLED75790DLT G
33
-
-
7.11.13.6) LED based Street light, housing made up of Pressure Die Cast Housing LM 6 Alloy/ Anti Dust Exposed Lens, sturdiness and embossed brand name/logo name of manufacturer. The fixture should have a minimum system efficacy of 100 lumen/Watt and a minimum system lumen output of 3500 lumens and minimum system wattage of 35 Watts. The fixture shall be designed for a system life of 50,000 hours @70% lumen maintenance. Ingress Protection of IP66 (lamp and gear Compartment). The fixture driver should have an operating voltage range of 140-270 V, surge protection of =3KV, PF 0.9 , THD10% and SDCM5. The driver should be BIS approved, fully potted and encapsulated. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Similar to Philips CAT No. - BRP409 LED CW 035 NR FG S1 PSU GR/ Bajaj make BRLEP 36W LED WH/ Havells make ENDURAPEARLSL30WLED757SASYTOPCMP
210
-
-
7.11.13.7) LED based Flood light, housing made up of pressure die cast aluminium Alloy with effective thermal management, sturdiness and embossed brand name/logo name of manufacturer. The fixture should have a minimum system efficacy of 105 lumen/Watt and a minimum system lumen output of 15000 lumens and minimum system wattage of 140 Watts. The fixture shall have a CRI of minimum 70. The fixture shall be designed for a system life of 50,000 hours @70% lumen maintenance. Ingress Protection of IP66 (lamp and gear Compartment) and Mechanical Impact Resistance Rating of IK =05.The fixture driver should have an operating voltage range of 140-270 V, surge protection of =3KV, PF 0.9 and THD10%. LM 79 and LM80 reports need to be submitted from a NABL/UL accredited lab to verify above parameters. Similar to Philips CAT No. -BVP122 LED 150 CW HE NB FG XTFCL S4/ Bajaj make BJFL 150W LED/ Havells make JETAIRISFLS 150WLED757PSYMLT G
19
-
-
7.11.13.8) LED 2ft Batten with a nominal system lumen output of 1000 lumens and a minimum system efficacy of 100 lm/W. The luminaire shall have a rated system lifetime of 25,000 burning hours at L70. The luminaire should have a color temperature of 6500K and CRI80. The luminaire shall meet IP20 rating with THD 10% and PF 0.95. The luminaire housing should made of aluminium with a PC glossy diffuser. The total power consumption should not exceed 10W (including driver). Similar to Philips Make ENDURALED BATTEN "BN 021 LED10S- 6500 PSU GR S1"
217
-
-
7.11.13.9) Surface Mounted 12 W LED Downlight with the following Specifications, CCT-3000K, CRI 70, High Quality Diffuser, and Constant current Integrated Driver, Similar to Bajaj make: BGSLO SLEEK SURFACE 12 WH RD for Toilets
267
-
-
7.11.13.10) LED Bulkhead with a nominal system lumen output of 700 lumens and a minimum system efficacy of 105 lm/W. The luminaire shall have a rated system lifetime of 25,000 burning hours at L70. The luminaire should have a color temperature of 6500K and CRI 80. The luminaire shall meet IP65 rating and IK 08 rating with THD 10% and PF 0.9. The luminaire housing should made of High pressure die cast Aluminium with polycarbonate front diffuser. The total power consumption should not exceed 6.5W (including driver). Similar to Philips Make VISTAGLOW BULKHEAD "WT202W LED6S NW PSU S2 PC"
79
-
-
7.11.13.11) Recessed Mounted LED Step Light fitting made of die cast aluminium Housing , Life of fixture (Including Driver) : 25K Hrs. @ L70B50 Lumen maintenance, CCT up to WW, CRI 80, PF 0.90 , an operating Voltage Range of 140 - 270 V. Minimum system Lumens 35. Luminaire Must be having IP67 & IK 10 Impact rating covered with front toughend glass. Similar to Philips make - BWG150 LED50/WW PSU 220-240V IP67 7043 / Bajaj Make ------- / ------
66
-
-
7.11.13.12) 2.5 Meter High LED Post Top Lantern 40W Full Cut-off Color 840 SINGLE with a Lumen Package 5000 Lumens. The Post top Lantern must be matt finished Silver Grey powder coated & housing made of Pressure Die cast Aluminium, which houses the Heat sink & the LED Driver. The 2.5 m Pole should be made of Hot Dipped Galvanised Pipe ( Class B - 4 mm Thickness) with Textured matt finished Silver powder coated finish supplied along with suitable foundation Accessories. The LEDs used in the post top lantern should have a Service life 50000 hrs. The LED Driver to comply to IEC 928/929 Safety & performance standards, EN 55015/ 55022A,FCC Class A Emission standards, EN 6100 – 3 – 2 for Harmonics and EN 61547 for EMC.l. The Driver shall have ENEC and CE identification.
13
-
-
7.11.13.12.1) Pole for above item (EL 11.13.12)
13
-
-
7.11.13.13) Surface mounted LED 4ft Batten with a nominal system lumen output of 2000 lumens and a minimum system efficacy of 105 lm/W. The luminaire shall have a rated system lifetime of 40,000 burning hours at L70. The luminaire should have a color temperature of 6500K and CRI80. The luminaire shall meet IP20 rating with THD 10% and PF 0.95. The luminaire housing should made of CRCA with a PC glossy diffuser. , IP20, industrial LED type fitting with batten & electronic driver. luminaire & lamp shall be Philips make 1*20W ENDURA LED batten BN108C LED 20S PSU CDL WH Diffused /6500 batten. (lumen output = 2000 lumen/lamp)
665
-
-
7.11.14) Street lighting poles
-
-
-
Supply, handling, installation, testing, commissioning & performance demonstration of Lighting Poles with junction box (JB), Pole Installation rate shall be inclusive of supply & termination of 3C x 2.5 Sq. mm, multistranded Cu Conductor, PVC FRLS insulated flexible cable (from JB to luminaire fixture mounted on the pole). Each pole shall be complete with all the accessories such arm lengths(1.5 m / 1.2m), 50 mm dia. GI pipes for cable entry / exit from pole). (Incoming and outgoings cables shall be of 4C X 25 sq.mm Al, XLPE armoured cables. Poles shall be suitable to sustain a wind speed of 50m/ Sec. Junction box shall be 3 way junction box with inbuilt Schneider / Legrand make MCB- C curve. Appropriate arrangement for Pole, JB & fixture earthing shall be included in contractor scope. Civil foundation drawings and design shall be submitted to Consultant for review/approval.
-
-
-
7.11.14.1) Supply of single arm M.S. steel tubular pole class "B" having suitable dimension complete duly painted with two coats of red oxide paint and one coat of bituminous paint for the 1/6 th length which is to be embeded in ground & two coates of aluminium paint for the remaining portion. The poles shall be supplied with bottom welded MS base plate of suitable size and 2 runs of 50 mm dia B-Class GI pipe having total length1.2 meter each.The rate shall also include mild steel bracket if required, required nut ,bolts, etc. to complete the work in approved manner. (Refer TCE drawing number M2-EL-GL-S-2207)
-
-
-
7.11.14.1.1) 8 mtr height with 165 mm dia (With 1/6 M below ground)-As per TCE standard drawings.
150
-
-
7.11.14.1.2) 6 mtr (Above ground) height with 75 mm dia
10
-
-
7.11.14.2) Supply of double arm M.S. steel tubular pole class "B" having suitable dimension complete duly painted with two coats of red oxide paint and one coat of bituminous paint for the 1/6 th length which is to be embeded in ground & two coates of aluminium paint for the remaining portion. The poles shall be supplied with bottom welded MS base plate of suitable size and 2 runs of 50 mm dia B-Class GI pipe having total length1.2 meter each.The rate shall also include mild steel bracket if required, required nut ,bolts, etc. to complete the work in approved manner.(Refer TCE drawing number M2-EL-GL-S-2208)
-
-
-
7.11.14.2.1) 8 mtr height with 165 mm dia (With 1/6 M below ground)-As per TCE standard drawings.
30
-
-
7.11.14.2.2) 6 mtr (Above ground) height with 75 mm dia
5
-
-
7.11.14.3) Supply of M.S. steel tubular pole class "B" having suitable dimension complete duly painted with two coats of red oxide paint and one coat of bituminous paint for the 1/6 th length which is to be embeded in ground & two coates of aluminium paint for the remaining portion. The poles shall be supplied with suitable bracket arrangement to mount 4 nos. flood light fixtures. The poles shall be supplied with bottom welded MS base plate of suitable size and 2 runs of 50 mm dia B-Class GI pipe having total length1.2 meter each.The rate shall also include mild steel bracket if required, required nut ,bolts, etc. to complete the work in approved manner. (Refer TCE drawing number M2-EL-GL-S-2230)
-
-
-
7.11.14.3.1) 8 mtr height with 165 mm dia (With 1/6 M below ground)-As per TCE standard drawings.
5
-
-
7.11.14.3.2) 12 mtr (Above ground) height with 194 mm dia (With 1/6 M below ground)-As per TCE standard drawings.
5
-
-
7.11.15) Supply & installation of Junction box for Outdoor Lighting poles - IP65, 3WAY CRCA Junction boxes (for outdoor lighting) suitable for loop in & loop out of 4C X 25 sq mm, Al, armored & tapping of 3C X 2.5/1.5 Sq mm XLPE insulated Copper conductor cable with termination.
182
-
-
7.11.16) Supply & installation of Gate light fitting similar to FPM 41125 WIPRO mounted on a 63 dia 1.0m high MS pole
20
-
-
7.11.17) Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast iron or M.S. sheet box for ceiling fan clamp, of internal dia 140 mm, 73 mm height, top lid of 1.5 mm thick M.S. sheet with its top surface hacked for proper bonding, top lid shall be screwed into the cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by means of 3.3 mm dia round headed screws, one lock at the corners. Clamp shall be made of 12 mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per standard drawing.(dsr civil-2016 item no. 10.18)
194
-
-
7.11.18) Supply & installation of 1x10W Color 840 Cylindrical Bollards IP 65 type suitable for 10W LED with driver. Luminaire shall be provided with a base plate and fixing holes for directly mounting on the concrete pedestal
Top plate shall be METALLIC material only.
31
-
-
7.11.19) Supply & installation of LED Wall washer for facade lighting
3
-
-
7.11.20) Supply & installation of IP20, warm white (yellow) 3000k led strip for cove lighting with power consumption of 5 watt/meter. Fitting shall be equivalent to Bajaj make 112496. (5m length with driver)
60
-
-
7.11.21) Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 5Mtr spool flexible RGB LED
Strip with IP 66 protection suitable for outdoor applications. Strip should have
10W per meter. The LEDs used should be with RGB CCT .LED Driver shall be Isolated type, Constant Voltage topology driver in metal enclosure with IP 68 Protection. Driver efficiency should be 86% & proper heat sink for heat dissipation suitable to operate in input voltage range of 150V to 270V (nominal rated voltage – 240V) with 3 KV internal surge protection. LED driver shall have output short circuit & over voltage protection inbuilt.
60
-
-
7.11.22) Supply & installation of 2.5 M Height Swan type MS lighting pole for supporting outdoor lighting fixtures on building periphery with necessary accessories (I.e. Clamps, saddles, connectors etc.) (G1,G2 type) as per enclosed drawing no. TCE-M2-EL-GL-S-2219
22
-
-
7.12) LIFT
-
-
-
7.12.1) Vendor shall refer data sheets and technical specification for quoting. vendor shall submit the confirmation of same. Each elevator shall be complete with all fittings and accessories as detailed in specifications, data sheet-A etc. Deviations from the specifications, data sheets, etc. shall be brought to purchaser’s notice at the time of bid submission only. No price & delivery implication will be given afterwards. All these Elevators (Passenger+Goods) shall be suitable for floor extensions up to 2 floors in future.
-
-
-
Design, detailed engineering, preparation of construction drawing, manufacture, acceptance testing at manufacturer’s works, supply, packing, forwarding and delivery from place of storage/ manufacturer’s works to erection site ( in case of imported goods - cost should be inclusive of loading, sea freight, supply material at Indian port near site, port/custom clearance, insurance etc. Bidder to indicate all GST/tax/duty heads accordingly.) including transit insurance, unloading, storage at site, handling, assembly, erection, testing, installation, commissioning, including obtaining statutory approvals, lift licence and performance demonstration of following passenger lifts as per specification requirements. The lift well lighting and maintenance power supply, distribution shall be in lift vendor scope. These Lifts shall meet the requirement of fire lift specification / standards wherever applicable.
-
-
-
7. 12.1.1) Passenger Lifts having 15 persons ( 1020 kg) capacity with 1 m/s speed, Machine Room Less (MRL) design with all necessary accessories, equipment's as per Data sheets and specifications for serving to G+1 storey buildings (for Admin building)
1
-
-
7. 12.1.2) Passenger Lifts having 15 persons( 1020 kg) capacity with 1 m/s speed, Machine Room Less (MRL) design with all necessary accessories, equipment's as per Data sheets and specifications for serving to G+1 storey buildings (for Training Building).
1
-
-
7. 12.1.3) Passenger Lifts having 10 persons( 680kg) capacity with 1 m/s speed, Machine Room Less (MRL) design with all necessary accessories, equipment's as per Data sheets and specifications for serving to G+1 storey buildings (for Staff Accommodation).
1
-
-
7. 12.1.4) Passenger Lifts having 13 persons( 884 kg) capacity with 1 m/s speed, Machine Room Less (MRL) design with all necessary accessories, equipment's as per Data sheets and specifications for serving to G+3 storey buildings (for Girls Hostel).
1
-
-
7. 12.1.5) Passenger Lifts having 15 persons( 1020 kg) capacity with 1 m/s speed, Machine Room Less (MRL) design with all necessary accessories, equipment's as per Data sheets and specifications for serving to G+6 storey buildings (for Boys hostel). These Lifts shall meet the requirement of fire lift specification / standards.
2
-
-
7.13) MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
-
-
-
7.13.1) Excavation for cable trenches in soft soil, depth up to 1.2 m including dressing of sides lift up to 1.5m, including getting out the excavated soil , refilling with sand and or good soil after laying of cable / pipe etc. in layers of 20 cm, ramming, watering and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed , with a lead of 50 meters.
1600
-
-
7.13.2) Excavation of cable trenches in hard rock not exceeding 1.5 meters in width, and lift up to 1.5 metres, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of excavated soil as directed within a lead of 50 metres.
50
-
-
7.13.3) Providing, laying and fixing following dia G.I. pipe (medium class) in ground complete with G.I. fittings including trenching (75 cm deep) and re-filling etc. as required
-
-
-
7.13.3.1) 50 mm dia
20
-
-
7.13.4) Providing, laying and fixing following dia RCC pipe NP2 class (light duty) in ground complete with RCC collars, jointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including trenching (75 cm deep) and refilling etc as required.
-
-
-
7.13.4.1) 150 mm dia
150
-
-
7.13.4.2) 300 mm dia
2700
-
-
7.13.5) Supply, fabrication and installation of cable tray supports, supports for cable trench covers, supporting frame for mounting of control panels, supports for mounting of local control station, Main Electrical Panel, lighting panel, lighting fixture etc. with 2 coats of enamel primer and 2 coats of epoxy paint. Note - The rates shall be inclusive of grouting of supports , Anchor fastener, welding rods, nut, bolts, clamps, and any other consumable which required to complete the works.
6
-
-
7.13.5.1) Supplying and fixing cable route marker with 10 cm X 10 cm X 5mm thick G.I. plate with LT inscription there on, bolted / welded to 35mm X 35 mm X 6 mm angle iron, 60 cm long and fixing the same in ground as required.
60
-
-
7.13.6) Supply and filling of sand bed in excavated trenches for directly buried cables
215
-
-
7.13.7) Burnt Bricks of 225 x 100 x 75 mm.( For LV Buried Cable Protection)
16463
-
-
7.14) SAFETY EQUIPMENT
-
-
-
7.14.1) Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild stellates 2mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and with inscription in single red colour on front side as required.
6
-
-
7.14.2) Providing and fixing HT danger notice plate of 250 mm X 200 mm, made of mild stellates 2mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and with inscription in single red colour on front side as required.
2
-
-
7.14.3) Supply and fixing wooden framed covered with glass shock treatment chart printed on cloth in English, Hindi & Local language.
5
-
-
7.14.4) Supply and fixing suitable size wooden framed covered with glass for Main Panel SLD in electrical room as per CEA Regulations fixed to wall as required.
4
-
-
7.14.5) Supply and providing ISI marked electrical 1.1 kV grade 10 mm thick anti-skid rubber mat as per IS:5424 with up to date ammendment.
28
-
-
7.14.6) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Standard First aid box complete with all accessories as required.
2
-
-
7.14.7) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Rubber chequered mat of size 2000 x 1000 x 12 mm thick, 1100 V grade as required.
4
-
-
7.14.8) Floor mounted bucket stand with GI buckets to hand 4 nos. of 13 ltrs buckets sand filled. The stand shall be 5'(L) x 3'(H) x 2"(W) made out of 30 x 300 x4mm MS angle frame duly coated with 2 coats of red oxide primer & 2 coats of red finish paint
3
-
-
7.14.9) Supply and fixing in position 1000 mm wide rubber matting of 33 KV grade as per electricity rules. Thickness of rubber mat shall be not less than 12 mm.
6
-
-
7.14.10) Supply and fixing of tool kit with all standard tools such as screw driver , spanner etc as required.
2
-
-
7.14.11) Supply of 33kV pair of hand gloves
4
-
-
7.14.12) Supply and fixing of Exit signages in Production, Training, Canteen and Admin block.
35
-
-
7.14.13) Fire sealant with minimum 2 hours continuous fire rating for all openings used by Electrical Contractor
-
-
-
7.14.13.1) Supply and Installation of Minimum 2 Hrs continuous fire rated fire sealants / barriers for openings due to electrical shaft / Cable trays / Hume pipes / Metal pipes / Conduits by framing and fixing of FM approved composite sheet on both sides of openings and filling of space inside by means of non combustible material. In addition reusable FM approved mouldable putty shall be used so as to completely seal the openings. All necessary accessories such as anchor nuts, bolts, etc shall be considered in Bidders scope. This work shall be carried out by authorised skilled personnel only.
10
-
-
7.15) ROOFTOP SOLAR POWER PLANT
-
-
-
7.15.1) Engineering, Procurement & Commissioning (EPC) Turnkey basis, preparation of detail BOQ, Design, Engineering, manufacturing, testing at works, delivery to site of installation; storage and handling including unloading and shifting as required; cleaning and assembly as required, Installation inclusive of all kind of Civil, Electrical and structural works, Testing, Commissioning, Synchronizing, Operation and Maintenance of Roof top Solar PV Systems for approximate capacity of minimum 200 KWp (Generation capacity shall be decided by the CONTRACTOR as per roof top layout area), which includes solar panels, structures, cables, string monitoring cum junction boxes ,Inverters, panels, Circuit breakers, other required instruments, safety systems etc., Equipment's required for interfacing with grid sub station, material storage and other auxiliaries, complete system erection testing and commissioning. The scope also includes supply, installation, testing, commissioning of Solar panel Incomer feeder in main PCC including extension of this existing main PCC (Refer SLD) and Sub DBs/Feeder Pillar, cabling system etc. up to main PCC. This also includes the cost of power evacuation system and metering system (s) as required up to the point of inter connection with the grid. Comprehensive operation & Maintenance of solar PV plant up to five years from the date of commissioning shall also be included in the same scope for completion of solar power plant in all respects.
200
-
-
8) IBMS WORKS
-
-
-
8.1) FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
-
-
-
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of following equipment for FDAS as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.1.1) FACP, Detectors and Modules
-
-
-
8.1.1.1) Microprocessor based Analog Addressable Fire Alarm with audio message generator (pre-recorded) having 125 detectors and 125 devices per loop. Panel shall have 80/160 character LCD to display emergency information. SMF Battery with backup for 48 Hrs under normal condition and 120 Min under alarm condition. Panel shall have required interface to transmit data to Graphical User Software. Panel shall be UL/EN & CE approved. Panel shall be LAN Compatible with BACnet/Modbus software or open protocol, network adaptor, etc., complete in all respects as per Technical Specification and Tender drawings.
-
-
-
8.1.1.1.1) 4 Loop Panel of above specification
2
-
-
8.1.1.1.2) 2 Loop Panel of above specification
1
-
-
8.1.1.2) Fire Alarm repeater panel with battery back up for 48 hours normal operation. The panel shall have LCD screen and repeat all signals as displayed in the main fire alarm panels as per Technical Specification.
1
-
-
8.1.1.3) Intelligent addressable Photoelectric smoke detector with electronic mounting base, junction box and other accessories as per specifications. Detectors shall be UL/EN Listed.
187
-
-
8.1.1.4) Intelligent Multi sensor Detector with multiple sensitivity (adjustable at site) levels, with electronic mounting base, and other accessories as per technical specification. Detectors shall be UL Listed.
100
-
-
8.1.1.5) Intelligent addressable rate of rise and fixed temperature heat detectors with electronic mounting base, and other accessories as per specifications. Detectors shall be UL/EN Listed.
116
-
-
8.1.1.6) Intelligent addressable Beam Detector consisting of both transmitter & receivers including necessary accessories as per specification. Detectors shall be UL/EN Listed.
5
-
-
8.1.1.7) Response Indicator for all detectors above false ceiling.
100
-
-
8.1.1.8) Addressable type manual call point(break glass unit) as per specifications.
21
-
-
8.1.1.9) Fault isolator module capable of monitoring shorted loop circuit.
50
-
-
8.1.1.10) Sounder cum Strobe rated at 90 dBA at 3m for Audible annunciation and 110cd flashing at 1 Hz for visual indication with control modules for Sounders as per specification
21
-
-
8.1.1.11) Addressable control modules for shutting down VRF’s, and magnetic fire door holders. Elevator recall, fire damper, etc. with weatherproof enclosure as per technical specification.
40
-
-
8.1.1.12) Addressable Monitor Module to connect NO/NC contacts such as pressure switch, flow switches, fire pump contacts (provided by Fire fighting contractor) as per specification.
40
-
-
8.1.1.13) Addressable Fire Fighter's Telephone Jack as per specifications
11
-
-
8.1.1.14) Fire Fighters Telephone Receiver as per specifications
11
-
-
8.1.1.15) Auto Dialer unit as per specifications with minimum 6 emergency no's dialling capacity
11
-
-
8.1.1.16) Addressable Magnetic door contact, on the fire exit door complete as required and as per specification.
30
-
-
8.1.2) FAS CABLES & ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
Supply & Laying of following cables/cable trays/cable trunk/conduits as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.1.2.1) 2 core 1.5 sq.mm, multi strand, copper conductor, FRLS (Fire Retardent Low Smoke)-PVC insulated GI Screened Armoured cable with saddle and required accessories.& Power Cable
6000
-
-
8.1.2.2) 25mm Dia PVC Flexible Conduits on ceiling,wall,floor etc.,
300
-
-
8.1.2.3) 2 mm thick GI trunking with cover of the following sizes complete with angle iron supports/hanging arrangement etc.
-
-
-
8.1.2.3.1) 100 x 50 x 2 mm
100
-
-
8.1.2.4) 2 mm thick GI cable tray with of the following sizes complete with angle iron supports/hanging arrangement etc and Cable tray supports shall at every 1 meter.
-
-
-
8.1.2.4.1) 100 x 50 x 2 mm
200
-
-
8.2) CCTV ITEMS
-
-
-
Supply, Installation & Commissioning of following DVR based CCTV System Component with all required hardware & software as per technical specification & tender drawings.
-
-
-
8.2.1) CAMERA
-
-
-
8.2.1.1) Analog Fixed dome, True day night INDOOR camera, 1/3" Progressive Scan CCD, Varifocal 3.6 mm lens with auto iris. Video motion detection and tampering detection alarm including necessary power supply unit.Resolution shall be MPEG 4.
96
-
-
8.2.1.2) Analog Fixed dome, True day night OUTDOOR IP 66 housing camera, 1/3" Progressive Scan CCD, 3.6 mm lens with auto iris.Video motion detection and tampering detection alarm including necessary power supply unit.Resolution shall be MPEG 4.
48
-
-
8.2.1.3) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 24 input real time, 400 fps, DVR with 2 video outputs. The storage capacity should be sized for having minimum 30 days of continuous recording @ 400fps and vendor are required to submit data sheet of their storage calculation for both MPEG 4 and JPEG recording formats. The DVR should be capable to support motion based recording, web based monitoring & remote control mentoring software complete as per spec with valid licenses. The unit rate should be including of providing necessary rack for mounting the CCTV equipment & all necessary accessories with power supply units as per specification . The software should enable the user to view multiple cameras in any combination available on the network (maximum 16 Nos) .
7
-
-
8.2.1.4) Supply, laying, termination and testing of 32” CCTV colour LCD Monitor including all accessories
7
-
-
8.2.2) CCTV CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
8.2.2.1) 2 core 1 sq.mm, multi strand, copper conductor, FRLS PVC insulated GI armoured cable for power to camera.
6000
-
-
8.2.2.3) FRLS RG-11 type co-axial Jelly filled armoured cable for video signals.
20000
-
-
8.2.2.4) 25mm PVC Conduit
500
-
-
8.2.3) POWER SUPPLY UNIT FOR CAMERA
-
-
-
8.2.3.1) Power Supply Unit 12 Volt DC
144
-
-
8.2.4) POLES
-
-
-
8.2.4.1) MS Poles for outdoor cameras, made out of 5mm thick,80mm dia pipe with zinc chromite primer and powder coating of suitable shade with IP 56 rated box to take Tx/Rx. Total pole height including pedestal=3.5Mtrs.
48
-
-
8.2.5) CABLE TRAYS
-
-
-
8.2.5.1) 300x50mm wide 2mm Thick - 1 Tier (Perforated GI tray)
1000
-
-
8.3) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
-
-
-
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of following equipment for ACS as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.3.1) ACS READER AND CONTROLLER
-
-
-
8.3.1.1) Smart Card Reader as per specification suitable for mounting on metal surface/metal frames/ wooden frames / wall or as required based on site conditions including all accessories
30
-
-
8.3.1.2) Electromagnetic Locks (fail safe type) of 24V DC 600 lbs holding force complete with Door Ajar Alarm Buzzer facility. Supply shall be Complete with L/C/Z Bracket Support and necessary accessories for mounting as required:-
-
-
-
8.3.1.2A) Double leaf Door with feedback - 600 LBS
4
-
-
8.3.1.2B) Single Leaf door with feedback- 600 LBS
22
-
-
Note that Buzzer & Potential free contact shall be included in above.
-
-
-
8.3.1.3) Two Door Controller panel housed in MS Powder Coated Cabinet with Tamper Switch, complete with Onboard IP / LAN port, and Built-in Web Server for Remote Log in to every controller. Complete with power supply unit for Controllers & Magnetic Locks with Battery charger, battery & Backup for 30 minutes of operation in case of Power Failure.
Controller shall be installed inside the above false ceiling area, same shall be hung from ceiling by providing with two supports to anchored in to ceiling.
1
-
-
8.3.1.4) Four Door Controller panel housed in MS Powder Coated Cabinet with Tamper Switch, complete with Onboard IP / LAN port, and Built-in Web Server for Remote Log in to every controller.
Complete with power supply unit for Controllers & Magnetic Locks with Battery charger, battery & Backup for 30 minutes of operation in case of Power Failure.
Controller shall be installed inside the above false ceiling area, same shall be hung from ceiling by providing with two supports to anchored in to ceiling.
8
-
-
8.3.1.5) Blank Unprinted Clamshell type HID Smart Cards.
500
-
-
8.3.1.6) Heavy Duty SS Finish Push Button for Exit
26
-
-
8.3.1.7) Green ABS Plastic Emergency Break Glass unit
26
-
-
8.3.1.8) Magnetic contact, shall be connected to Controller / Reader for Door Open Position Alarm
26
-
-
8.3.1.9) 230 V AC to 12 VDC 5 AMP Redundant Mode, Solid State Power Supply for Magnetic Locks, Wall mount, with inline filters. Power input shall be 230 VAC from UPS. 12 V / 24 V Output to suit the Magnetic Lock Requirements, as pre-approved by the Consultants.
Power supply shall have One PF Input & multiple Power Outputs for Multiple Magnetic Locks, Incase of Fire All Magnetic Locks shall be released.
10
-
-
8.3.2) ACCESS CONTROL SOFTWARE
-
-
-
8.3.2.1) Access Control System Software :-
Enterprise version Server software with Time attendance management system as per specification with client version.
1
-
-
8.3.2.2) A4 Size Laser Printer
1
-
-
8.3.3) Cabling and Containment
-
-
-
Supply & Laying of following cables/cable trays/cable trunk/conduits as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.3.3.1) Unarmoured Shielded, Multistranded Copper Conductor, PVC sheathed Cable with Saddle Supports every 0.3 meters, fittings and accessories, Outer sheath Blue in color.
-
-
-
8.3.3.1A) 8 C x 1 Sq.mm (Reader)
5000
-
-
8.3.3.1B) 4 C x 1 Sq.mm (Lock)
5000
-
-
8.3.3.1C) 2 C x 1 Sq.mm (Exit Switch)
5000
-
-
8.3.3.2) UTP Cable FRLS, with Saddle Supports every 0.3 meters, fittings and accessories, Outer sheath Blue in color.
500
-
-
8.3.3.3) 25mm Dia heavy duty UPVC Conduits in ceiling,wall,floor etc.,
5000
-
-
8.4) BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
-
-
-
Design, Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning & Handing over the Building Management System (BMS) and allied systems as per specifications as below.
-
-
-
8.4.1) PC (Pentium i Core processor 3 GHz or better),8 GB RAM, 52X DVD Writer, 32" color monitor flat screen LCD, 500 GB HDD SATA, Microsoft Bus mouse with pad, 2serial, 1 parallel port, Windows 10 operating system, 104 Keyboard, Expansion Bus with spare Slot, with original license, protection & restore key, includes LAN Card, USB ports
1
-
-
8.4.2) BMS System Software : Web Based Graphical Software meeting the requirements in the Given I/O Summary and technical specifications including configuration and facility to create / provide the graphic mapping for all I/O Summary points , animate the Graphics, Navigation between pages, display of logs, changing the time zones, popup alarms, configurable password protection for Building Mgmt System as per Specifications. Software shall be able to communicate with Lonworks, Bacnet, Modbus devices simultaneously, with unlimited user & Point license capacity. Same software can be utilized as programming / commissioning software of DDC, NAC etc Software shall be capable of monitoring the energy parameters for all Blocks - Software shall be sized to accommodate 300 hardware points and additional software points mention in below and as per technical specification,IO summary require to make system complete.
1
-
-
Note: All required Software with original license competent with BMS software)
-
-
-
8.4.3) Web Based Integrator for interfacing Modbus RTU Unit, Bacnet IP / MSTP, Open Protocol Software Integration having 1 set of each of following:
1
-
-
8.4.3.1) Developing and commissioning of software interface with __15_ Nos LM / KWH meters for two way flow of data between central control station and energy meters ( minimum of 20 software points per meter).
-
-
-
8.4.3.2) Developing and commissioning of software interface with __01__Nos Fire Alarm Panel for two way flow of data between central control station and Fire Alarm panels( minimum of _2500_ software points).
-
-
-
8.4.3.3) Developing & commissioning of Software interface for __03__Nos DG via communication bus( minimum of 30 software points per meter).
-
-
-
8.4.3.4) Developing and commissioning of software interface with __02__Nos UPS for two way flow of data between central control station and UPS Panels( minimum of 30 software points per UPS).
-
-
-
8.4.3.5) Developing and commissioning of software interface with __02__Nos VRF Controller UNITS for two way flow of data between central control station and VRF Controllers( minimum of 150 software points per VRF).
-
-
-
8.4.4) CONTROLLERS
-
-
-
Stand alone Intelligent DDC Controllers as per the specifications for 300 hardware IO points and Soft Integration( indicated separately) . The contractor shall decide the number of controllers, depending on his Controller capacity. The above shall be housed in a lockable, secure in CRC sheet (2mm thick) Cabinets and with colour code RAL 7032 to be supplied along with the Controllers as per technical specification. Contractor shall furnish model nos. for each type of controller considered by him.
-
-
-
8.4.4.1) Ventilation/Pressurisation Fan: DDC Controllers to Cater to all the points with required spares as per IO Summary
-
-
-
8.4.4.2) Ventilation Fan
1
-
-
8.4.4.3) AI - ; DI - 10 ; AO- ; DO- 5 .
-
-
-
8.4.4.4) Enclosures for the above DDC with Base Plate, Cable trufs, Glands for cable, Transformers, Relays, MCB's and all other necessary accessories.
1
-
-
8.4.4.5) Electrical System: DDC Controllers to Cater to all the points with required spares as per IO Summary
-
-
-
8.4.4.6) TYPE- 7 - Electrical System
2
-
-
8.4.4.7) AI - ; DI - 15 ; AO- ; DO- 0 .
-
-
-
8.4.4.8) Enclosures for the above DDC with Base Plate, Cable trufs, Glands for cable, Transformers, Relays, MCB's and all other necessary accessories.
2
-
-
8.4.4.9) Plumbing,STP,WTP,ETP & Fire Fighting System: DDC Controllers to Cater to all the points with required spares as per IO Summary
-
-
-
8.4.4.10) TYPE- 8 - Plumbing,STP,WTP,ETP & Fire Fighting System
1
-
-
8.4.4.11) AI - 0 ; DI - 30 ; AO-0 ; DO- 10 .
-
-
-
8.4.4.12) Enclosures for the above DDC with Base Plate, Cable trufs, Glands for cable, Transformers, Relays, MCB's and all other necessary accessories.
1
-
-
Note: Above indicated DDC quantity is in LOT. However bidder shall estimate DDC quantity base on their DDC configuration. DDC Selection and estimation sheet shall be submitted along with the Bid.
-
-
-
8.4.5) SENSORS & FIELD DEVICES as per technical specification
-
-
-
8.4.5.1) Relative Humidity Sensor
10
-
-
8.4.5.2) Differential Pressure Switch
5
-
-
8.4.5.3) Differential Pressure Switch
10
-
-
8.4.5.4) H2 Sensor
2
-
-
8.4.6) CABLES & ACCESSORIES
-
-
-
Supply & Laying of following cables/cable trays/cable trunk/conduits as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.4.6.1) 2 Core x 1.0 Sq.mm; Multistranded, Armoured, Screened FRLS (Fire Resistance Low Smoke) Cable for signal for field devices to DDC
2000
-
-
8.4.6.2) 4 Core x 1.0 Sq.mm; Multistranded, Armoured, Screened FRLS (Fire Resistance Low Smoke) Cable for signal for field devices to DDC
100
-
-
8.4.6.3) 3 Core x 1.5 Sq.mm; Multistranded, Armoured, Screened FRLS (Fire Resistance Low Smoke) Cable for signal for DDC Communication Cable and Modbus Integration
100
-
-
8.4.6.4) 25mm Dia UPVC Flexible Conduits on ceiling,wall,floor etc.,
100
-
-
8.4.6.5) 2 mm thick GI cable tray with of the following sizes complete with angle iron supports/hanging arrangement etc and Cable tray supports shall at every 1 meter.
-
-
-
8.4.6.6) 50 x 50 x 2 mm
100
-
-
8.5) ANALOG PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
-
-
-
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of following equipment for Analog PAS as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.5.1) PAS AMPLIFIERS AND CONTROLLERS
-
-
-
8.5.1.1) 6 Watt Wall mounted speakers with built in line matching transformer, grill flush mounting type as per technical specification.
124
-
-
8.5.1.2) 480 Watts Audio amplifiers complete with internal cabling within rack.
2
-
-
8.5.1.3) 240 Watts Analog Audio amplifiers complete with internal cabling within rack.
2
-
-
8.5.1.4) Supply and providing of System controller with built-in DVR, having priority facility & zone selection for 6 zones & all-call, expandable up to 60 zones including Zone Call Station keypad with for PA system Announcement with goose neck microphone with possibility of connecting extension keypad, router, 6 Zone extension keypad catering to Zone selection and necessary accessories .
1
-
-
8.5.1.5) Compact Disk player ( i.e., DVD, MP3 & ACD player) & AM/FM and tuner built in single module.
1
-
-
8.5.1.6) Rack 19" 800x800x1000 mm (WxDxH) 42 U Floor-mounted Cabinet fully equipped and included MDF with cable gland and lightning arrestor to accommodate amplifier, controller and other equipment's.
Note: - Common for IBMS Package
1
-
-
8.5.2) CABLE & CONDUIT
-
-
-
Supply & Laying of following cables/cable trays/cable trunk/conduits as per technical specification.
-
-
-
8.5.2.1) 2 core * 1 sq.mm, Armoured multi strand,copper conductor, PVC insulated GI Screened flexible audio cable with saddle and required accessories.
5000
-
-
9.0) IT
-
-
-
9.1) Floor standing 42U 800 (W) x 1000 (D) mm telecom cabinet with all necessary accessories for ICT systems.
2
-
-
9.2) Wall mounting 9U 800 (W) x 1000 (D) mm telecom cabinet with all necessary accessories for ICT systems.
16
-
-
9.3) Advanced Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet Switch, 24-port 10/100/1000T and 100/1000 SFP stackable switch with 4 SFP+ ports and PSU, and all accessories
2
-
-
9.4) Network management system (NMS) server with all necessary software provided for surveying the health of the network, identifying hardware/software/network problems, alarming and generating reports.
1
-
-
9.5) L3 Gigabit Ethernet SFP switches: 24-port 100/1000X SFP stackable switch with 4 SFP+ ports and 2 fixed power supplies & 1m Staking Cable
2
-
-
9.6) 24 Ports fully loaded CAT-6 copper patch panel.
21
-
-
9.7) Fully Mananged L2 Gigabit Ethernet switches: 8/24-port 10/100/1000T switch with 4x1G SFP uplink ports and a single fixed PSU
5
-
-
9.9) Fully Mananged L2 Gigabit Ethernet switches: 48-port 10/100/1000T switch with 4x1G SFP uplink ports and a fixed PSU
8
-
-
9.10) SFP & SFP+ Modules: 1000BaseLX (10km) SFP (10km with SMF, 1310nm)
20
-
-
9.11) 200 Pair MDF BOX with System Side and telephone Side
4
-
-
9.12) Dual Port RJ-45 socket for Data/ Telephone including all Accessories, face Plate, screws, cover, etc
600
-
-
9.13) Twisted Pair CAT-6 cable (4 Pair) for data & telephones RJ-45 sockets.
15000
-
-
9.14) 12-Core single mode outdoor fibre optic cable (HDPE outer sheath, poly-Al moisture barrier, corrugated steel tape armoured, SM G.652.D, loose tubes with gel filling) - from admin building to ground floor of different buildings.
2000
-
-
9.15) IP EPABX System expandable upto140 analog lines and 10 IP extensions, 1 PRI lines, 8 Trunk lines
1
-
-
9.16) Analog Telephone Handsets
160
-
-
9.17) IP phone based operator Console
2
-
-
9.18) Multicore telephone cable 50 Pair
1000
-
-
9.19) FO enclosure with pre-terminated SM G.652 pigtails and LC Connectors, splice tray and fusion splice protection (12terminations) at ground floor of buildings with all necessary accessories.
8
-
-
9.20) FO enclosure with pre-terminated SM G.652 pigtails and LC Connectors, splice tray and fusion splice protection (24terminations) at Admin building for connections of all primary FO cables from all the facilities & necessary accessories
2
-
-
9.21) 2 mm thick GI cable tray with of the following sizes complete with angle iron supports/hanging arrangement etc and Cable tray supports shall at every 1 meter.
-
-
-
9.21.1) 300 x 50 x 2 mm
500
-
-
9.21.2) 150 x 50 x 2 mm
500
-
-
9.21.3) 100 x 50 x 2 mm
500
-
-
9.22) 25mm Dia heavy duty UPVC Conduits concealed in ceiling,wall,floor etc.,
5000
-
-
9.23) SD Set Top box and Dish for Satellite TV System
16
-
-
9.24) Raceway (50 x 38 x 1.6 mm)
800
-
-
9.25) Raceway (100 x 38 x 1.6 mm)
300
-
-
9.26) Patch cords (2 meter)
500
-
-
9.27) 50 Pair MDF BOX with System Side and telephone Side
4
-
-
10) EXTERNAL SERVICES WORKS
-
-
-
10.1) Sewerage system
-
-
-
10.1.1) Manholes
-
-
-
10.1.1.1) Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size), inside plastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :
-
-
-
Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal dimensions, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg):
-
-
-
With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
20
-
-
10.1.1.2) Extra for depth for manhole
-
-
-
size 90 X 80 cm
-
-
-
10.1.1.2.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
11
-
-
10.1.1.3) Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole 0.91 M. internal dia at bottom and 0.56 M. dia at top with F.P.S. bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) inside cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement :3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement:2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size ) finished with a floating coat of neat cement all complete as per standard design
-
-
-
0.91 M deep with S.F.R.C. cover and frame (heavy duty, HD-20 grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming to IS : 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg., fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 gradded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) including centering shuttering all complete with excavation, footrest and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface.
-
-
-
10.1.1.3.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
248
-
-
Extra depth for circular type manhole 0.91m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 0.91 m to 1.67 m
-
-
-
10.1.1.3.2) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
63
-
-
10.1.1.4) Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.22 M. internal dia at bottom and 0.56 M. dia at top with F.P.S. bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) inside cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement :3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement:2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size ) finished with a floating coat of neat cement all complete as per standard design
-
-
-
1.68 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD-20 grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all complete with excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface.
-
-
-
10.1.1.4.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
43
-
-
Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.22 m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 1.68 m to 2.29 m
-
-
-
10.1.1.4.2) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
12
-
-
10.1.1.5) Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.52 m internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) inside cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, all complete as per standard design :
-
-
-
2.30 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD- 20 grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all complete with excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface.
-
-
-
10.1.1.5.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
50
-
-
Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.52 m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 2.30 m :
-
-
-
10.1.1.5.2) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
34
-
-
10.1.1.6) Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per IS:10910, on 12 mm dia. Steel bar conforming to IS:1786, having minimum cross section as 23mm x 25 mm and overall minimum length 263 mm and width as 165 mm with minimum 112 mm space between protruded leg having 2 mm tread on top surface by ribbing or chequering besides necessary and adequated anchoring projections on tail length on 138 mm as per standard drawing and suitable to with stand the bend test and chemical resistance test as per specifications and having manufacture's permanent identification mark to be visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement concrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) complete as per design.
1255
-
-
Cement Plaster 1:3 (1cement:3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement
-
-
-
10.1.1.7) 12mm thick cement plaster
1560
-
-
10.1.1.8) Providing sand cast iron drop connection externally for 60cm drop from branch sewer line to main sewer manhole including inspection & cleaning eye with chain & lid , sand cast iron drop pipe and bend encased all round with cement concrete 1:5:10( 1cement: 5 fine sand: 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) with all centering and shuttering required , cutting holes in walls and making good with brick work in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) plastered with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1cement : 3 coarse sand) on inside of the manhole wall, lead caulked joints between sand cast iron pipes and fittings , stiff cement mortar 1:1 ( 1 cement : 1 fine sand) joints between sand cast iron tee and S.W. pipe, making required channels complete as per standard design and specifications:
-
-
-
10.1.1.8.1) 150mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection
2
-
-
10.1.1.9) Extra for depths beyond 60cm of sand cast iron drop connection complete:
-
-
-
10.1.1.9.1) For 150mm dia. sand cast iron drop connection
2
-
-
10.1.1.10) Providing and fixing square mouth S. W. Gully trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with F.P.S bricks and water tight CI cover with frame of 300 x 300 mm size (inside) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design:
-
-
-
150x100mm size P type
-
-
-
10.1.1.10.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
30
-
-
Making soak pit 2.5m diameter 3.0metre deep with 45x45cm dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks and S.W. drain pipe 100mm diameter, 1.8m long complete as per standard design.
-
-
-
10.1.1.10.2) with common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
2
-
-
10.1.1.11) Providing, installing and commissioning readymade type RCC Septic tank 1200mm Dia, 2500 mm long with covers for 50 users as per drawings / details etc including making connections to inlet, outlet, dewatering, complete, as directed by Engineer In Charge.
2
-
-
10.1.1.12) Providing , supplying Prefab Grease separator plant for 600 meals per day and operation hours 8 hrs. for under ground installation with suitable top sections. Emptying & cleaning via. Shaft manhole cover with connections for inlet & outlet. Make : Nihva Aco
1
-
-
10.2) SEWAGE WATER TREATMENT PLANT
-
-
-
Design, Engineering, construction, procuring, supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of aerobic Sewage Treatment Plant based on MBBR Technology process, with total sewage handling capacity of 160 KL to be treated in 16 hours /day as indicated in tender specs.
1
-
-
The scope of work includes design, drawings, construction, erection, commissioning, trial run and obtaining test results of completely with electrical, mechanical, piping and controls.
-
-
-
The work is required to be carried out on a turnkey basis covering a guarantee of satisfactory performance as per the standards.
-
-
-
The Plant shall be complete with a central Electrical Power and Control panel fully pre/site wired and with all power and control cables to all pumps and equipment including all instrumentation, water level controllers and other controls. MCC, PLC are to be housed in a plant room of suitable size to be built .
-
-
-
Nature of Effluent : Domestic sewage from toilet, canteen, utensils washing etc.
-
-
-
The rates will include all pumps, piping, valves, controls, reactor and tube settler media, blowers, diffusers, central Electrical Power and Control panel with all power and control cables to all pumps and equipment including all instrumentation, water level controllers and other controls.
-
-
-
BASIC DATA ON INFLUENT RAW SEWAGE
pH : 6.5 - 8.5
BOD5 : 250 - 400 mg/lit
COD : 600 - 800 mg/lit
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) : 200 - 400 mg/lit
Total Nitrogen : 20-50 mg/lit
Total Phosphorus : 7.1 mg/lit
Oil / Grease : 50 mg/lit
Peak factor : 3
Temperature : Ambient
-
-
-
GUARANTEED TREATED SEWAGE QUALITY
As stipulated by State Pollution Control Board (PCB), the treated sewage quality shall be within the following values for various parameters, for both present and future. The treated water quality should be fit for Flushing and Landscaping - pH : 7 - 8
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) : 5 mg/lit
BOD5 : 5 mg/lit (after tertiary treatment) COD : 50 mg/lit
Turbidity: 2 NTU Oil / Grease : 10 mg/lit
Ammoniacal Nitrogen : 5 mg/lit
Total Nitrogen (N) : 10 mg/lit
Fecal Coliforms (MPN/100 ml) : Nil
Min. Residual Chlorine : 1 mg/l
-
-
-
The STP shall be designed based on the attached details and parameters. The capacities of various tanks and pumps are guidelines to the vendor. The contractor has to submit detailed calculations of system and equipment he proposes to install.
-
-
-
The inlet of raw sewage pipe is about 4.00 to 5.00 meter from ground level. However, the exact Invert level of incoming sewage should be taken before start of work.
-
-
-
Technical/liasioning support while taking Approval from pollution board at initial & various other stages of works including preparation of report / drawings as per pollution board requirement, arrangement of raw sewage for testing & commissioning. Contractor shall include the cost of all chemicals consumed during testing & commissioning and the cost of such items of works which are not explicitly mentioned above, but are mandatory to have pollution board approval.
-
-
-
The STP should follow all the concern Indian and Local norms.
-
-
-
The Bidder shall have to submit detailed civil GA drawings, Good for construction Drawings Plan & Section,Fabrication Drawings, P & I diagram, Hydraulic Flow Diagram, schematic diagram and shop drawings of the plant indicating all sleeves etc for the various component and additional component if so required for the complete working of the STP also indicating all components in plant room required for present & future expansion including recycle supply pumps for flushing, horticulture. The drawings will have to submit for approval before start of work.
-
-
-
The contractor will be solely responsible for smooth running of the sewage treatment plant and overall functioning of STP. In case it is found in the later stage that some additional fixtures / equipment are required to be added in order to achieve desired quality, the contractor would be liable to provide without any extra charges.
-
-
-
The STP shall consist of following units but not limited to these unit as may be required by the manufacturer's design to achieve the guaranteed quality parameters in treated sewage.
-
-
-
Notes: 1) Cost towards Civil works shall not be included in this item. the same shall be paid under relevant Civil items of this BOQ.
2)This Price Scedule (BOQ) shall be read along with replies to pre-bid queries and subsequent amendments if any.
3) The quoted rate shall include the costs towards the items which are not specifically mentioned in the specifications, Price Schedule (BOQ) and drawings but necessary for true completion of the purpose of work and satisfactory performance of the STP.
-
-
-
10.2.1) TANKS AND CHAMBERS & BUILDING
-
-
-
10.2.1.1) RCC Coarse Bar Screen chamber suitable for 1 no. Coarse bar screen with suitable lifting arrangements complete as required. (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.2) RCC Raw sewage Collection Tank (Capacity shall be minimum 10 m3) for collecting sewage. (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.3) Prefabricated Fine Bar Screen chamber suitable for 1 nos. Fine bar screen with suitable lifting arrangements complete as required. (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.4) Prefabricated Oil / Grease Trap complete in all respect with Baffle walls. (HRT = 30 mins) (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.5) Prefabricated Equalization tank (Capacity shall be minimum 80 m3) . Provision for aeration of system will be kept with coarse air bubble air grid to avoid any smell, septic condition and sedimentation problems. (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.6) Prefabricated Anoxic tank (Capacity shall be minimum 20 m3) along with suitable provision for the maintenance of submersible mixer (1No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.7) Prefabricated Aerobic(MBBR) tanks (Total Capacity shall be minimum 60 m3) (Each tank shall have 30 m3 capacity) -2 Nos Tanks in series with air diffusion system and piping complete of adequate capacity based on 160 KLD. Should be designed to operate both in series or parallel operation. (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.8) Prefabricated Secondary Tube Settler having hopper bottom, baffle wall, outlet launders with arrangement of lifting sludge from the bottom complete as required. Minimum Surface Overflow rate – 1.6 m3/m2/hr. (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.9) Prefabricated Chlorine Contact tank (Capacity shall be minimum 15 m3) with suitable inlets, baffles, outlets, drain, overflow facility complete as required. (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.10) Sludge Holding tank with provision of inlet, outlet, drain, overflow, supernatant withdrawal arrangement with provision of coarse bubble air grid for aeration.
Sludge storage minimum 20 hrs according to sludge volume (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.11) Prefabricated Treated Sewage tank (Capacity shall be minimum 30 m3) to collect treated water from Activated Carbon Filter with inlet, outlet, drain, overflow facility complete.
Tank to be provided with manhole provision, railing etc. as indicated (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.12) Prefabricated Flushing water tank/UF Permeate Tank (Capacity shall be minimum 80 m3) to collect treated water from UF system with inlet, outlet, drain, overflow facility complete. Overflow to be connected to Treated Sewage Tank
Tank to be provided with manhole provision, railing etc. as indicated (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.13) All items required such as puddle flange, arrangements for inlet, outlet, overflow, weir, vent, MS cover, drain channel with M.S. Gratings, rungs, Foundation of all pumps, blowers, tanks, skids and pipe work, All drain trenches, all supports for pipe, cable trays and any other places as per requirement etc. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.1.14) Building with RCC columns / Brick masonry of suitable size for MCC/ PLC, chemical storage, Laboratory, operator rest room at STP operators room etc. - RCC Column / Brick (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.1.15) RCC Drainage sump if required for collection of backwashes, drains, accidental overflows etc.- RCC
(1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.1.16) Prefabricated unit shall cover complete safety of the unit including platform, stair cases, toe guards, handrails, any other safety device required to lift the pumps, blowers etc for maintenance (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.1.17) Shed for dewatering equipment's, blowers etc. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2) ELECTRO MECHANICAL WORKS
-
-
-
10.2.2.1) Note : 1. Pump capacity / head may vary and bidder to provide as per their design. Should be substantiated during detailed engineering
2. Provision of pump sets can change as per bidders design and hydraulics
4. Necessary lifting arrangement should be provided for submersible pumps and submersible Mixers.
-
-
-
10.2.2.2) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following electro mechanical works and equipment's -
-
-
-
10.2.2.3) 1 nos. S.S. 316 coarse bar screen for peak flow having 10 mm opening of suitable size with suitable lifting arrangements complete as required. (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.4) Raw Sewage Transfer pumps of 3 Nos. (2W +1S) of duty 15 Cum/Hr @ 20 m head, vertical submersible pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for mechanical packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. From Raw Sewage Collection Tank to Fine screen chamber followed by Oil & Grease trap and Equalisation Tank. (Cutter type) Solid handling capacity shall be 35 mm. (3 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.5) 1 no. S.S. 316 bar screen having 6 mm opening of suitable size with suitable lifting arrangements complete as required. (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.6) Providing & fixing of slotted pipe oil skimmer of suitable capacity .Slotted pipe type with oil necessary arrangements in Oil & Grease Trap (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.7) Equalised Sewage transfer pumps of 1W +1S of duty 10 Cum/Hr @ 12 m head, horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. From Equalisation Tank to Anoxic Tank / MBBR tank (Cutter Type) Solid handling size minimum 20 mm. (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.8) Coarse bubble air grid for Equalisation tank,MOC- UPVC/HDPE (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.9) Submersible Mixer in anoxic tank MOC- SS 304 (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.10) Twin lobe type rotary air blowers for Equalisation Tank & Sludge Holding Tank with suitable capacity driven through "V" belt or directly coupled through flexible coupling to a TEFC motor suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles A/C supply, coarse bubble air grid, complete with valves & air distribution grid complete with Acoustic Hood as required. Qty : 2 no's (1W+1S) Air supply rate - 0.7 m3 of air per m3 of Volume of the tanks (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.11) Twin lobe type rotary air blowers for MBBR Tank As per design (Approximately 250- 300 m3/hr) with suitable capacity driven through "V" belt or directly coupled through flexible coupling to a TEFC motor of suitable kW Suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles A/C, supply of fine bubble membrane type diffusers complete with valves & air distribution grid complete with Acoustic Hood as required. Qty : 2 no's (1W+1S). Retrievable type fine air diffusers shall be installed in MBBR tanks. (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.12) Non clog type retrievable air diffuser system tubular type capable of handling desired flow of air. Air diffuser grid shall be assembled in modular form so that they can be replaced/ repaired easily from platform at the top. Air diffuser system shall be provided fine air bubble type diffusers for MBBR tank as per Bidders esign
As per design Air flow rate per diffuser- 8 m3/hr per diffuser (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.13) Nitrifying liquor transfer pumps of 1W +1S of duty of suitable capacity (Min. 30 m3/hr) and 10 m head , horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for mechanical packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts,. Transferring liquor from MBBR tank to Anoxic tank (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.14) Return Sludge pumps of 1W +1S of duty of suitable capacity (Min. 10 m3/hr) and 10 head , horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for mechanical packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts. Transferring sludge from Tube settler to SHT , MBBR and Anoxic. (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.15) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Random Media for attached growth process (MBBR Technology) MOC = Virgin PP, Specific Gravity = 0.93 - 0.95, Minimum surface Area = 400 sq.mtr / cum.of media. Minimum 25% volume of the MBBR tanks. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.16) Wedge wire screen of maximum 5 mm opening for arresting / retaining MBBR media within tank MOC : SS 316 (3 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.17) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of PVC tube deck settling media to be installed in secondary settling tank. VH-750 mm, Shape - Hexagonal Chevron.
Tube settler media shall be of Virgin PVC, UV stabilized plates with an angle of inclination of Tubes – min. 55 deg, Min. thickness of plate 1 mm ± 0.1 mm.
Plan settling area at 60° slope- 11 m2/m3 of media
Plan settling area at 55° slope- 13 m2/m3 of media (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.18) Filter feed pumps of 1W +1S of duty Min 11.5 Cum/Hr @ 25 m head, horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for gland packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. From Chlorine contact tank to Pressure Sand Filter (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.19) Chlorine Dosing System for Disinfection for treated Sewage
For Chlorine dosing Pumps1 working + 1 standby pump with 1 no. HDPE dosing tank of suitable capacity (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.20) Supply, installation & testing and commissioning of vertical floor mounted mild steel Epoxy pressure type Pressure Sand filter of suitable size for required flow and head, provided with an inlet distributor. The vessel is painted externally and internally with epoxy paint with primer with frontal piping & valves, back wash system & filter media etc. complete with standard fittings like cover, pressure gauge at inlet & outlet, sampling cock, rinse drain valve, air vent valve with piping, bolts, nuts & rubber gaskets. (1 Set)
Filtration Rate- 12 m3/m2/hr
-
-
-
Flow rate =11.5 M3 / hr
-
-
-
Vessel Dia = 1100 mm
-
-
-
HOS = Min. 1500 mm
-
-
-
Shell / Dish thickness = 6 / 8 mm
-
-
-
Working pressure = 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Test pressure = 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Qty = 1 Set
-
-
-
10.2.2.21) Supply, installation & testing and commissioning of vertical floor mounted mild steel Epoxy pressure type Activated carbon filter of suitable size for required flow and head, provided with an inlet distributor. The vessel is painted externally and internally with epoxy paint with primer with frontal piping & valves, back wash system & filter media etc. complete with standard fittings like cover, pressure gauge at inlet & outlet, sampling cock, rinse drain valve, air vent valve with piping, bolts, nuts & rubber gaskets. (vendor to submit the Iodine value of the carbon during 1st filling) (1 Set)
Filtration Rate- 10 m3/m2/hr
-
-
-
Flow rate = 11.5 M3 / hr at 14 hrs operation
-
-
-
Vessel Dia = 1200 mm
-
-
-
HOS = Min. 1500 mm
-
-
-
Shell / Dish thickness = 6 / 8 mm
-
-
-
Working pressure = 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Test pressure = 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Qty = 1 Set
-
-
-
10.2.2.22) ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM (dead end type) complete system with UF feed pumps 2 Nos. (1W+1S). Ultra-filtration system shall comprise of the following processes and services:
a) The ultrafiltration system shall be designed for Design flow 10 m3/hr. b) Low pressure Membrane Filtration System (include backwash, clean-in-place system, CEB system, pressure measurement, and other ancillary equipment).
c) Membrane System shall be pressure driven.
d) Membrane shall be comprising of homogeneous hollow fibre type with nominal pore size of 0.04 μm for removal of bacteria, viruses, and particulates including colloids.
e) Hollow fibers Membrane with four Connections in each module. f) UF Membrane shall be Provided with all necessary chemical cleaning facility like CIP System and CEB System with air scouring Facility as per vendor requirement. g) Flux Rate of each Membrane shall be in the range of 35-45 LMH. h) Operating pH range 2-11. i) The hollow fiber membranes to be made from PVDF polymer or poly sulfone. j) MOC of End Caps shall be GRP.
-
-
-
k) MOC of central permeate tube, feed & reject port shall be UPVC. l) MOC of Membrane housing shall be U-PVC or FRP.
m) Membrane backwash system shall use a filtrate backwash together with external air scour to remove accumulated particles and maintain a design filtrate production rate. Chemical enhanced backwash shall use dilute hypochlorite acid for a short periods of time to maintain membrane permeability. n) The membrane system must include membrane integrity test that is capable of demonstrating the membrane system is achieving a minimum of 4-log removal of particles greater than 2 microns. The membrane integrity test must be fully automated and capable of testing the membrane every 24 hours of operation. Each membrane module must have view glass for integrity test. (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.23) o) All unit operations within a membrane system shall be fully automated and suitable for unattended operation including but not limited to backwash, chemical enhanced backwash, membrane integrity monitoring and clean-in-place (CIP) sequence. Vendor must provide membrane repairing kit.(1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.24) Filter Press Feed pumps cum Dewatering Unit Feed Pumps of 1W +1S of suitable capacity Minimum 2 m3/hr @ 40 m Head, Positive Displacement screw pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for gland packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. (Max 12 hours operation) (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.25) Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of Hydraulically operated Filter Press for dewatering the sludge including all accessories (Max 12 hours operation) (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.26) Dewatering Polyelectrolyte Dosing System for Dewatering For Dewatering Poly dosing 1 working + 1 standby dosing pumps with 1 No. HDPE Tank with suitable capacity with 1 No. Motorised mixer - SS 304. (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.27) Dry Pit Pump if required of suitable capacity & head (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.28) Supply and installation of 2 sets of eye wash / safety showers (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.2.29) Mechanical Ventilation system (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.2.2.30) Providing and fixing all piping (as described below) and isolation control Ball / butterfly valves (Min. PN 10) of required sizes and numbers with all accessories, fittings, supports, clamps, double flanged flexicon rubber expansion joint with rubber gasket as per system pressure, nuts, bolts, washers, puddle flanges for all tanks, other flanges, NRV's, flow control valves, flow measurement device, SS 304 screen strainers at suction of clear water pumps, for making the system complete in all respects with anti corrosive protection. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.31) Butterfly Valve : Cast Iron Wafer type butterfly valves (PN 10) as per IS:13095, with SS disc, SS shaft, SS seating rings, SS internal fastening, EPDM seat, CS external nuts-bolts.
-
-
-
10.2.2.32) Ball Valve : Cast Iron Wafer type butterfly valves (PN 10) as per IS:13095, with SS disc, SS shaft, SS seating rings, SS internal fastening, EPDM seat, CS external nuts-bolts.
-
-
-
10.2.2.33) Check Valve : Cast Iron body dual plate wafer type check valve (NRV) (PN 10) with SS disc, SS stem, EPDM seat, spring & pin, SS stem, SS internal fastening, CS external fastening.
-
-
-
10.2.2.34) PVC Flexible Breaded Hose Pipe : Submerged piping for raw sewage transfer pumps / Submerged piping for Retrievable Air diffusers.
-
-
-
10.2.2.35) Interconnecting pipes with required pipe fittings, control valves, manual valves as per the system design, flange connections, gaskets, GI fasteners, pipe supports etc. for making the system completed.
-
-
-
10.2.2.36) MS Epoxy coated (Class 'B')/UPVC (Schedule 40) Conforming to relevant IS code : All non submerged piping
-
-
-
10.2.2.37) GI Piping (Class 'B')/ UPVC (Schedule 40) : All piping after filter feed tank
-
-
-
10.2.2.38) MS Epoxy coated (Class 'B') : Air grid piping-non submerged and UPVC for Submerged Air Piping
-
-
-
10.2.2.39) Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Compartmentalised Electrical Control Panel (LV Switchgear / MCC) suitable for 415 V, 3 Phase, 4 wies, 50Hz, fabricated out of 16 SWG CRCA sheet steel, IP52, wall / floor mounting type.The panel shall have form 3b separation. Fault level shall be 50kA for 1 sec. The sheet steel shall undergo minimum nine tank treatment followed by finishing powder coating of min 60 micron thickness. The board includes removable gland plates, cable glands, including connection with outgoing feeders complete in all respect. The outgoings from the panel shall be suitable for all equipment's, various pumps, blowers with suitable capacity star delta / DOL starters, plant lighting, ventilation, treated water transfer pumps to horticulture and flushing system etc. Adequate size cable alley shall be provided for each cable bending & termination. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.40) The incoming MCCB shall be of Four Pole provided with microprocessor based with inbuilt O/L, S/C and with E/F protection. All Outgoings MCCB's shall be of TPN with thermal-magnetic O/L & S/C release.
-
-
-
10.2.2.41) All MCCB's shall be of Ics = 50 kA breaking capacity, Ics = 100% Icu, with rotary handle & pad locking arrangement, with adjustable O/L & S/C trip setting as per load requirement. All TP MCCB shall be with solid isolable neutral link. The breaking capacity specified is Ics value.
-
-
-
10.2.2.42) Cyclic timers will be provided for all type of pumps for alternate working of stand by pumps.
-
-
-
10.2.2.43) The fault withstanding capacity of panel shall be 50 KA rms for 1 sec.
-
-
-
10.2.2.44) BUS BAR shall rated same as Incomer. 415 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ TPN high conductivity electrolytic grade Aluminium bus bars of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density for bus bar shall be minimum 0.70 sq mm / amp.
-
-
-
10.2.2.45) The Maximum allowable temperature for the Bus bar to be restricted to 85 deg C. The temperature rise should be restricted to 35 deg C above ambient temperature.
-
-
-
10.2.2.46) The above board shall be complete with 3 nos. phase indicating lights, flush mounted Ammeter, Voltmeter, CT's, PT's, selector switches etc. at Incomer.
-
-
-
10.2.2.47) Panel shall have necessary arrangement to operate the system manually. Only main power supply up to the STP.Panel shall be provided by the owner. All required items like water level controller Digital type level indicator with magnetic SS level probes for Filter feed tank & Treated Water Storage Tank , electrical wiring, armoured power and control cables between panel to various pumps & equipment's, cable terminations, double compression glands, double GI plate earthing with GI strips, GI perforated cable trays to carry power and control cables from panel to various equipment's including supports, with all accessories shall be quote separately as per item given in the BOQ.
-
-
-
10.2.2.48) The following pumps shall be controlled by the panel : (The ampere rating will be as per the final selection of equipment) (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.49) Raw Sewage Pumps from Raw Sewage Collection Tank to Fine Screen chamber - 3 Nos.
-
-
-
10.2.2.50) Equalised Sewage transfer Pumps from EQT to Anoxic / MBBR - 2 Nos.
-
-
-
Nitrifying liquor transfer pumps -2 nos.
-
-
-
Air Blowers - 4 nos.
-
-
-
Sludge Transfer Pumps - 2 Nos.
-
-
-
Filter Press feed pumps -2 Nos.
-
-
-
Filter Press - 1 Nos.
-
-
-
Filter Feed Pumps - 2 Nos.
-
-
-
Submersible Mixer in anoxic tank- 1 No.
-
-
-
Mixer in Dosing tank- 1 No.
-
-
-
UF System With CEB and CIP System
-
-
-
Dosing pumps - 4 Nos.
-
-
-
Lighting in Package areas. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
Spare Feeders.(1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.2.51) Supply & Laying of ISI marked Copper / Aluminium conductor, 1100V Grade, XLPE insulated, PVC inner sheath, armoured/unarmoured and FRLS PVC outer sheath as per IS 7098, for power supply to various pumps and equipment's from STP panel to respective equipment's. The job will include the supply and installation of lugs and double compression glands. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3) G.I. EARTHING
-
-
-
10.2.3.1) i) Providing and laying suitable dia G.I. wire on surface, in recess or in ground including connections for loop earthing as required. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.2) ii) Providing & fixing suitable size G.I. strip on surface, in recess or in ground including connections etc. as required (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.3) Supply and erection of Perforated type cable trays made out of prefabricated Galvanized sheet steel of suitable sizes including tees, bends, crossings, reducers, couplings to be installed over head on wall or hanged from ceiling including all necessary supports, brackets at every 1500 mm c/c, grouting, levelling, suspension and fixing arrangements, dash fasteners, G.I. nuts & bolts complete in all respects. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.4) Supply of MS (hot dipped galvanized) puddle flanges as required to be provided (in the structural slab and wall ) of various diameters. Puddle flanges shall be provided for all the structural component of the STP. The installation of the puddle flanges shall be carried out by the Civil Contractor in accordance to the Civil GA drawings ( to be prepared by the STP contractor) at the required levels and position : under the supervision of the civil contractor. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.5) Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of electro-magnetic type flow meter to be installed at 1. At the discharge of Equalized sewage transfer Pumps
2. At the outlet of Activated carbon filter outlet
3. At the outlet of Flushing water transfer Pumps (3 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.3.6) Instrumentation items such as Pressure Indicators, Level switches for high and Low, low level switches(Dosing tanks)& Flow Indicators, Pressure switches. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.7) DO meter in MBBR tank ( 1 No.)
-
-
-
10.2.3.8) PLC panel for UF system (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.2.3.9) Rotameter/ Air flow Meter at Inlet/ discharge line from Air blowers to MBBR tanks, Equalisation tanks and sludge Holding tank. (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.3.10) Energy meter Per MCC ( compatible with SCADA i.e. with RS485 communication protocol) (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.2.4) ADDITIONAL ITEMS /OTHER WORKS / SYSTEM
-
-
-
Any other items, works, systems not specifically mentioned above but necessary for satisfactory performance of the system
-
-
-
10.2.4.1) Miscellaneous Items (1 Lot)
-
-
-
Note : All offered Motors shall have IE3 efficiency.
-
-
-
10.3) Drainage system
-
-
-
10.3.1) Manholes
-
-
-
10.3.2) Constructing brick masonry chamber for underground C.I. inspection chamber and bends with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal dimensions, total weight of cover with frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg), R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), finished smooth with a floating coat of neat cement on walls and bed concrete etc. complete as per standard design:
-
-
-
Inside dimensions 455x610 mm and 45 cm deep for single pipe line :
-
-
-
10.3.2.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
50
-
-
Extra for depth beyond 45 cm of brick masonry chamber :
-
-
-
For 455x610 mm size
-
-
-
10.3.2.2) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
13
-
-
10.3.3) Providing, fixing, , laying & jointing and testing in position ISI marked PVC pipes (as per IS 4985, 4 Kg / Sq cm ) with necessary fitting for footpath / pathway as directed by Engineer in charge.
-
-
-
10.3.3.1) 110mm dia.
64
-
-
10.3.4) Providing and placing in position 100mm thick factory made machine batched & machine mixed Precast RCC perforated rectangular covers on drains of footpath of various sizes , of M-25 grade cement concrete for RCC work , including cost of centring,shuttering,reinforcement of 8mm dia. TMT bars of Fe 500 grade @ maximum 100mm c/c on both ways, neat cement punning on finished surface, properly encased on all edges with 1.6mm thick , 100mm wide MS sheet duly painted over priming coat, reinforcement to be welded at edges with MS sheet and providing 2 Nos. 12mm dia. bar for hooks etc. inclusive of cost of cartage,all leads & lift, handling at site etc. all complete as per direction of Engineer-in -charge.
-
-
-
10.3.5) Complete Electrical Control Panel comprising of all accessories such as float switches, control wiring and any other necessary imports, etc. (list to be provided by the Contractor). Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/ low level alarm. Each pumps shall have starters.
-
-
-
Accessories for each pump like NRVs on delivery header, isolating valves on suction & delivery header, pressure gauge, MS base frame (Synthetic enamel painted over a coat of primer), foundation bolts etc. complete.
-
-
-
Submersible Storm Water / Dewatering Pumps
-
-
-
Nos. of Pumps: 8 (6 No Working + 2 No Stand By)
-
-
-
Water Flow Rate: 0.18cum/sec
-
-
-
Head: 15 M
-
-
-
Purpose: To pump out storm water
-
-
-
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of continuous duty submersible centrifugal non-clogging storm water pumps complete with 3 phase motor with all necessary protection and mechanical seal, etc. Pumps shall have dry run protection & high/low level alarm. Pumps shall be supplied with 2 Nos float switches & electrical control panels with cables & accessories for auto/ manual mode operation complete as specified & directed by Engineer/ Owner.
8
-
-
10.4) WATER TREATMENT PLANT
-
-
-
10.4.1) Design, Engineering, construction, procuring, supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of Water Treatment Plant. The total treated water required for Domestic purpose (excluding Drinking) is 95 KLD and for Drinking 25 KLD. Filtration and disinfection process shall be provided to treat raw water and stored in Domestic water tank. Water from domestic water tank shall be used for all domestic purposes other than drinking while part of water from Domestic water tank shall be transferred to RO system and RO permeate shall be stored in Drinking water tank. The present process is designed based on very limited information about the quality of water. The exact scheme will be finalised during detailed engineering. We are not envisaging any major modifications in the process in the detailed design stage. For any minor modifications, the contractor would be liable to provide without any extra charges.
1
-
-
10.4.2) The scope of work includes design, drawings, construction, erection, commissioning, trial run and obtaining test results of completely with electrical, mechanical, piping and controls.
-
-
-
10.4.3) The work is required to be carried out on a turnkey basis covering a guarantee of satisfactory performance as per the standards/ specification.
-
-
-
10.4.4) The Plant shall be complete with a central Electrical Power and Control panel fully pre/site wired and with all power and control cables to all pumps and equipment including all instrumentation, water level controllers and other controls. MCC, PLC are to be housed in a plant room of suitable size to be built .
-
-
-
10.4.5) Nature of Effluent : City Water Supply or Bore well water
-
-
-
10.4.6) The rates will include all pumps, piping, valves, Membranes, Filters, controls, reactor and central Electrical Power and Control panel with all power and control cables to all pumps and equipment including all instrumentation, water level controllers and other controls.
-
-
-
10.4.7) BASIC DATA ON RAW WATER PARAMETERS
Contractor has to visit the site for sample collection and analyse all parameters as per the IS 10500. Based on the analysis report, contractor shall design Water treatment Plant.
-
-
-
10.4.8) GUARANTEED TREATED WATER QUALITY
Treated water shall meet treated water standards as per IS 10500 for drinking water.
-
-
-
10.4.9) The contractor has to submit detailed calculations of system and equipment he proposes to install.
-
-
-
10.4.10) The WTP should follow all the concern Indian and Local norms and suitable for outdoor installation.
-
-
-
10.4.11) The Bidder shall have to submit detailed civil GA drawings, Good for construction Drawings Plan & Section,Fabrication Drawings, P & I diagram, schematic diagram and shop drawings of the plant indicating all sleeves etc for the various component and additional component if so required for the complete working of the WTP also indicating all components in plant room required for present & future expansion.
-
-
-
10.4.12) The contractor will be solely responsible for smooth running of the Water treatment plant and overall functioning of WTP. In case it is found in the later stage that some additional unit / equipment are required to be added in order to achieve desired quality, the contractor would be liable to provide without any extra charges. The scheme proposed is based on data available till date and is indicative only which may change during detail engineering. Bidder based on his experience should consider the scheme providing minimum items as indicated in the BOQ.
-
-
-
10.4.13) The WTP shall consist of following units but not limited to these units as may be required by the manufacturer's design to achieve the guaranteed quality parameters in treated Water.
-
-
-
10.4.14) Notes: 1) Cost towards Civil works shall not be included in this item. the same shall be paid under relevant Civil items of this BOQ.
2)This Price Scedule (BOQ) shall be read along with replies to pre-bid queries and subsequent amendments if any.
2) The quoted rate shall include the costs towards the items which are not specifically mentioned in the specifications, Price Schedule (BOQ) and drawings but necessary for true completion of the purpose of work and satisfactory performance of the WTP.
-
-
-
10.4.15) TANKS AND CHAMBERS & BUILDING
-
-
-
10.4.15.1) RCC Raw Water Tank RCC M 30 (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.15.2) RCC Domestic Water Tank RCC M 30 (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.15.3) RCC Drinking Water Tank RCC M 30 (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.15.4) Room with RCC columns / Brick masonry of suitable size for MCC/ PLC, chemical storage, Laboratory, operator rest room at WTP operators room etc. - RCC Column / Brick (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.15.5) RCC Drainage sump if required for collection of backwashes, drains, accidental overflows etc.- RCC (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.15.6) All items required such as puddle flange, arrangements for inlet, outlet, overflow, weir, vent, MS cover, drain channel with M.S. Gratings, rungs,Foundation of all pumps, filters, tanks, skids and pipe work, All drain trenches, all supports for pipe, cable trays and any other places as per requirement etc. (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.15.7) Prefabricated unit shall cover complete safety of the unit including platform, stair cases, toe guards, handrails, any other safety device required to lift the pumps, blowers etc for maintenance (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.16) ELECTRO MECHANICAL WORKS
-
-
-
10.4.16.1) Note : 1. Pump capacity / head may vary and bidder to provide as per their design. Should be substantiated during detailed engineering
2. Provision of pump sets can change as per bidders design and hydraulics
-
-
-
10.4.16.2) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following electro mechanical works and equipment's -
-
-
-
10.4.16.3) Filter feed pumps of 2 Nos. (1W +1S) of duty Min 10 Cum/Hr @ 25 m head, horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for gland packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. From Raw Water tank to Pressure Sand Filter (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.16.4) Sodium Hypochlorite Dosing System for Disinfection at the inlet of PSF
For Sodium Hypochlorite dosing Pumps1 working + 1 standby pump with 1 no. HDPE dosing tank of suitable capacity (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.5) Supply, installation & testing and commissioning of vertical floor mounted mild steel Epoxy pressure type Pressure Sand filter of suitable size for required flow and head, provided with an inlet distributor. The vessel is painted externally and internally with epoxy paint with primer with frontal piping & valves, back wash system & filter media etc. complete with standard fittings like cover, pressure gauge at inlet & outlet, sampling cock, rinse drain valve, air vent valve with piping, bolts, nuts & rubber gaskets. (1Set)
Filtration Rate- 15 m3/m2/hr
-
-
-
Flow rate =10 M3 / hr
-
-
-
Shell / Dish thickness = 6 / 8 mm
-
-
-
Working pressure = 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Test pressure = 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Qty = 1 Set
-
-
-
10.4.16.6) Supply, installation & testing and commissioning of vertical floor mounted mild steel Epoxy pressure type Activated carbon filter of suitable size for required flow and head, provided with an inlet distributor. The vessel is painted externally and internally with epoxy paint with primer with frontal piping & valves, back wash system & filter media etc. complete with standard fittings like cover, pressure gauge at inlet & outlet, sampling cock, rinse drain valve, air vent valve with piping, bolts, nuts & rubber gaskets. (vendor to submit the Iodine value of the carbon during 1st filling) (1Set)
Filtration Rate- 15 m3/m2/hr
-
-
-
Flow rate = 10 M3 / hr
-
-
-
Shell / Dish thickness = 6 / 8 mm
-
-
-
Working pressure = 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Test pressure = 5.5 Kg/Sq.cm.
-
-
-
Qty = 1 Set
-
-
-
10.4.16.7) RO feed pumps of 2 Nos. (1W +1S) of duty Min 2.61 Cum/Hr @ 20 m head, horizontal centrifugal pumps with casing/cover of Cast Iron(CI), impeller CI and shaft of Cast Steel, suitable for gland packed seal complete with base frame, pump driven by electric motor of suitable kW rating and RPM with IP 55 protection and class F insulation, foundation bolts, etc. From Domestic water tank to RO System (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.16.8) Anti-sealant dosing system consisting of solution preparation tank with motorised mixer, level indicator and level switches and with anti-sealant dosing pumps electronic diaphragm type of suitable capacity and head.
Dosing Tank- 1 No. MOC-HDPE
Dosing Pumps – 2 Nos. (1W+1S) MOC- PP
Motorised Mixer- 1 No. MOC- SS 304
(1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.9) Anti-oxidant dosing system consisting of solution preparation tank with motorised mixer, level indicator and level switches and with anti-oxidant dosing pumps electronic diaphragm type of suitable capacity and head.
Dosing Tank- 1 No. MOC-HDPE
Dosing Pumps – 2 Nos. (1W+1S) MOC- PP
Motorised Mixer- 1 No. MOC- SS 304
(1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.10) RO System-RO system complete with inlet cartridge filter, high pressure pumps (1W+1S), required no. of spiral wound RO membrane elements mounted in pressure vessels, all mounted on a skid. RO system to be designed for min. 80% recovery. Instruments to include pH and conductivity transmitter on the permeate outlet, flow transmitter on the permeate outlet, a flow indicator on the reject, pressure switches on the high pressure pump suction and discharge, pressure gauge on the RO inlet and reject, ORP analyser on the inlet. The system should be designed for automatic operation with necessary interlocks. Capacity: to be designed to produce permeate flow of 25 KLD.
RO high pressure pumps 2 Nos. (1W+1S)
cartridge filter- 1 No.
MOC:
Cartridge filter: SS 316, RO Membrane : Flux-30 LMH maximum. Quantity-As per projection Warranty minimum 3 Years.
high pressure pumps: SS 316, Skid: SS 304, high pressure piping SS 304, low pressure piping uPVC
(1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.16.11) pH correction of RO permeate consisting of solution preparation tank with motorised mixer, level indicator and level switches and with alkali dosing pumps electronic diaphragm type of suitable capacity and head
Dosing Tank- 1 No. MOC-HDPE
Dosing Pumps – 2 Nos. (1W+1S) MOC- PP
Motorised Mixer- 1 No. MOC- SS 304
(1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.12) Sodium Hypochlorite Dosing System for Disinfection at the outlet of RO permeate
For Sodium Hypochlorite dosing Pumps1 working + 1 standby pump with 1 no. HDPE dosing tank of suitable capacity (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.13) Cartridge Filter at the outlet of RO permeate MOC- SS 316 (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.16.14) CIP system for RO consisting of CIP tank with motorised mixer, CIP pump, piping and hose pipes, flow indicator. All mounted on a movable trolley. CIP Tank: FRP, CIP pump 2 Nos. (1W+1S) SS 316, 1 No. trolley MS with FRP coating
(1Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.15) Dry Pit Pump if required of suitable capacity & head (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.16.16) Mechanical Ventilation system ( 1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.16.17) Providing and fixing all piping (as described below) and isolation control Ball / butterfly valves (Min. PN 10) of required sizes and numbers with all accessories, fittings, supports, clamps, double flanged flexicon rubber expansion joint with rubber gasket as per system pressure, nuts, bolts, washers, puddle flanges for all tanks, other flanges, NRV's, flow control valves, flow measurement device, SS 304 screen strainers at suction of clear water pumps, for making the system complete in all respects with anti corrosive protection. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.16.18) Butterfly Valve : Cast Iron Wafer type butterfly valves (PN 10) as per IS:13095, with SS disc, SS shaft, SS seating rings, SS internal fastening, EPDM seat, CS external nuts-bolts.
-
-
-
10.4.16.19) Ball Valve : Cast Iron Wafer type butterfly valves (PN 10) as per IS:13095, with SS disc, SS shaft, SS seating rings, SS internal fastening, EPDM seat, CS external nuts-bolts.
-
-
-
10.4.16.20) Check Valve : Cast Iron body dual plate wafer type check valve (NRV) (PN 10) with SS disc, SS stem, EPDM seat, spring & pin, SS stem, SS internal fastening, CS external fastening.
-
-
-
10.4.16.21) Interconnecting pipes with required pipe fittings, control valves, manual valves as per the system design, flange connections, gaskets,GI fasteners, pipe supports etc for making the system completed.
-
-
-
10.4.16.22) GI Piping (Class 'B') : All piping after Raw Water tank.
-
-
-
10.4.16.23) Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Compartmentalised Electrical Control Panel (LV Switchgear / MCC) suitable for 415 V, 3 Phase, 4 wies, 50Hz, fabricated out of 16 SWG CRCA sheet steel, IP52, wall / floor mounting type.The panel shall have form 3b separation. Fault level shall be 50kA for 1 sec. The sheet steel shall undergo minimum nine tank treatment followed by finishing powder coating of min 60 micron thickness. The board includes removable gland plates, cable glands, including connection with outgoing feeders complete in all respect. The outgoings from the panel shall be suitable for all equipment's, various pumps, blowers with suitable capacity star delta / DOL starters, plant lighting, ventilation, treated water transfer pumps to horticulture and flushing system etc. Adequate size cable alley shall be provided for each cable bending & termination. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.16.24) The incoming MCCB shall be of Four Pole provided with microprocessor based with inbuilt O/L, S/C and with E/F protection. All Outgoings MCCB's shall be of TPN with thermal-magnetic O/L & S/C release.
-
-
-
10.4.16.25) All MCCB's shall be of Ics = 50 kA breaking capacity, Ics = 100% Icu, with rotary handle & pad locking arrangement, with adjustable O/L & S/C trip setting as per load requirement. All TP MCCB shall be with solid isolable neutral link. The breaking capacity specified is Ics value.
-
-
-
10.4.16.26) Cyclic timers will be provided for all type of pumps for alternate working of stand by pumps.
-
-
-
10.4.16.27) The fault withstanding capacity of panel shall be 50 KA rms for 1 sec.
-
-
-
10.4.16.28) BUS BAR shall rated same as Incomer. 415 Volts, 3 phase 50 HZ TPN high conductivity electrolytic grade Aluminium bus bars of suitable length, insulated by heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density for bus bar shall be minimum 0.70 sq mm / amp.
-
-
-
10.4.16.29) The Maximum allowable temperature for the Bus bar to be restricted to 85 deg C. The temperature rise should be restricted to 35 deg C above ambient temperature.
-
-
-
10.4.16.30) The above board shall be complete with 3 nos. phase indicating lights, flush mounted Ammeter, Voltmeter, CT's, PT's, selector switches etc. at Incomer.
-
-
-
10.4.16.31) Panel shall have necessary arrangement to operate the system manually. Only main power supply up to the STP.Panel shall be provided by the owner. All required items like water level controller Digital type level indicator with magnetic SS level probes for Filter feed tank & Treated Water Storage Tank , electrical wiring, armoured power and control cables between panel to various pumps & equipment's, cable terminations, double compression glands, double GI plate earthing with GI strips, GI perforated cable trays to carry power and control cables from panel to various equipment's including supports, with all accessories shall be quote separately as per item given in the BOQ.
-
-
-
10.4.16.32) The following pumps shall be controlled by the panel : (The ampere rating will be as per the final selection of equipment) (1 Lot)
-
-
-
Filter Feed Pumps - 2 Nos.
-
-
-
RO Feed Pumps -2 nos.
-
-
-
RO High Pressure Pumps -2 nos.
-
-
-
Dosing Pumps - 10 Nos.
-
-
-
Mixer in Dosing tank- 3 No.
-
-
-
RO System With CIP System 1 Set
-
-
-
Lighting in Package areas. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
Spare Feeders. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.16.33) Supply & Laying of ISI marked Copper / Aluminium conductor, 1100V Grade, XLPE insulated, PVC inner sheath, armoured/unarmoured and FRLS PVC outer sheath as per IS 7098, for power supply to various pumps and equipment's from STP panel to respective equipment's. The job will include the supply and installation of lugs and double compression glands. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17) G.I. EARTHING
-
-
-
10.4.17.1) i) Providing and laying suitable dia G.I. wire on surface, in recess or in ground including connections for loop earthing as required. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17.2) ii) Providing & fixing suitable size G.I. strip on surface, in recess or in ground including connections etc. as required ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17.3) Supply and erection of Perforated type cable trays made out of prefabricated Galvanized sheet steel of suitable sizes including tees, bends, crossings, reducers, couplings to be installed over head on wall or hanged from ceiling including all necessary supports, brackets at every 1500 mm c/c, grouting, levelling, suspension and fixing arrangements, dash fasteners, G.I. nuts & bolts complete in all respects. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17.4) Supply of MS (hot dipped galvanized) puddle flanges as required to be provided (in the structural slab and wall ) of various diameters. Puddle flanges shall be provided for all the structural component of the WTP. The installation of the puddle flanges shall be carried out by the Civil Contractor in accordance to the Civil GA drawings ( to be prepared by the WTP contractor) at the required levels and position : under the supervision of the civil contractor. ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17.5) Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of electro-magnetic type flow meter to be installed at 1. At the discharge of Filter Feed Pumps
2. At the outlet of Activated Carbon Filter
3. At the outlet of Treated water transfer Pumps to distribute treated water for other purposes (Excluding Drinking)
4. At the inlet of RO System
(5 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.6) Differential Pressure Switch across cartridge filters and RO System (4 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.7) Level switches for all dosing tanks and CIP tank (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.17.8) Pressure switches for High Pressure Pump suction and discharge (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.9) Flow Transmitter on RO permeate and reject line (2 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.10) ORP meter at RO inlet (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.11) pH and Conductivity Transmitter on RO Permeate Line (1 No. Each)
-
-
-
10.4.17.12) Pressure Transmitters for RO skid (3 Nos.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.13) Level switch in Raw Water Tank (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.14) Level switch in Domestic Water Tank (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.15) Level switch in Drinking Water Tank (1 No.)
-
-
-
10.4.17.16) Dump valve , Auto Valve for RO system (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.17.17) pH and Conductivity Transmitter on RO inlet Line (1 No. Each)
-
-
-
10.4.17.18) Pressure gauges (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.17.19) If required, Instrument air compressor with an air receiver tank, air filter-dryer and air filter regulator along with instrument air piping and tubing for pneumatically operated valves (1 Set)
-
-
-
10.4.17.20) PLC panel for RO system ( 1 Lot )
-
-
-
10.4.17.21) Energy meter Per MCC ( compatible with SCADA i.e. with RS485 communication protocol) (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.4.18) ADDITIONAL ITEMS /OTHER WORKS / SYSTEM
-
-
-
10.4.17.18) Any other items, works, systems not specifically mentioned above but necessary for satisfactory performance of the system
-
-
-
10.4.17.19) Miscellaneous Items (1 Lot)
-
-
-
10.5) POTABLE AND NON POTABLE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
-
-
-
10.5.1) Supplying, laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of UPVC pipes conforming to ASTM D-1785 for pipes schedule 80 and ASTM D-2467fittings of schedule 80 with all fittings like tees, elbows, bends, unions, coupling, reducer tees, collars etc. solvent cement of medium body IPS brand or equivalent including supporting on walls complete Pipe to be laid below ground level in trenches/direct buried up to required depth as per drawing. including excavation in all kind of soil, dewatering, making sand bed as per specification and PWD standards, backfilling, dewatering, ramming & removing the surplus excavated material and making good the same complete as required. Cost shall be inclusive of providing protection to pipe all round / haunches for road crossing as per specification and disposal of surplus soil from site. (Pipe dia mention in this section are clear internal pipe diameter and contractor has to select the pipe with dia nearest diameter to this) including excavation in ground and making Soil backfilling as per previous condition. pipes shall be run confirming to CPWD norms. complete as per Technical specification, approved method statement and drawings. (External water Supply : Domestic, Drinking,Flushing, Irrigation tapping)
-
-
-
10.5.1.1) 80 mm OD. (up to the depth of 1.5 mtr)
549
-
-
10.5.1.2) 100 mm OD. (up to the depth of 1.5 mtr)
1098
-
-
10.5.2) Providing and laying S&S Centrifugally Cast (Spun) / Ductile Iron Pipes conforming to IS : 8329 :
-
-
-
10.5.2.1) 100 mm dia Ductile Iron Class K-7 pipes
309
-
-
10.5.3) Providing push-on-joints to Centrifugally (Spun) Cast Iron Pipes or Ductile Iron Pipes including testing of joints and the cost of rubber gasket :
-
-
-
10.5.3.1) 100 mm dia pipes
57
-
-
10.5.4) Providing and laying S&S CI standard specials such as tees bends collars tapers and caps etc suitable for flanged jointing as per IS : 1538.
-
-
-
10.5.4.1) Upto 300mm dia
1
-
-
10.5.5) Constructing masonry Chamber 90x90x100 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for sluice valve, with C.I. surface box 100 mm top diameter, 160 mm bottom diameter and 180 mm deep (inside) with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size ), i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size ) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :
-
-
-
10.5.5.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
26
-
-
10.5.6) BUTTERFLY VALVE (MANUAL) with C I body SS Disc, Nitrile Rubber Seal & O- Ring PN 16 pressure rating for chilled water/hot eater circulation as specified
-
-
-
10.5.6.1) 65 mm dia
10
-
-
10.5.6.2) 80 mm dia
4
-
-
10.5.6.3) 100 mm dia
12
-
-
10.5.7) Providing and laying non-pressure NP3 class socketed R.C.C. pipes (heavy duty) jointed with EPDM gasket (ISI marked) including testing of joints and checking and making good leakages wherever required complete as per directions of the Engineer.
-
-
-
10.5.7.1) 200 mm dia (ID)
300
-
-
10.5.8) Constructing masonry Chamber 60x45x50 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for water meter complete with C.I. double flap surface box 400x200x200 mm (inside) with locking arrangement and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) , i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5 fine sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :
-
-
-
10.5.8.1) With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
5
-
-
10.5.9) Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter (bulk type) confirming to IS:2373 and tested by Municipal Board complete with bolts,nuts, rubber insertions etc. (The tail piece if required will be paid separately)
-
-
-
10.5.9.1) 100 mm dia nominal bore
5
-
-
10.5.10) Y - STRAINER of Ductile CI Body flanged ends with stainless steel strainer for chilled / hot water circulation including insulation as specified.
-
-
-
10.5.10.1) 100mm dia
5
-
-
11) ROAD WORKS
-
-
-
11.3) Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earth with lead up to 50 metres.
27284
-
-
11.4) Extra for compaction of earth work in embankment under optimum moisture conditions to give at least 95% of the maximum dry density (proctor density).
6139
-
-
11.5) Construction of granular sub-base by providing close graded Material conforming to specifications, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed material by tippers to work site, for all leads & lifts, spreading in uniform layers of specified thickness with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desired density, complete as per specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
-
-
-
11.5.1) With material conforming to Grade-I (size range 75 mm
to 0.075 mm) having CBR Value-30
4638
-
-
11.6) Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate (size range 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) to wet mix macadam (WMM) specification including premixing the material with water at OMC in for all leads & lifts, laying in uniform layers with mechanical paver finisher in sub- base / base course on well prepared surface and compacting with vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve the desired density, complete as per specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
5679
-
-
11.7) Providing and applying tack coat using bitumen emulsion conforming to IS:8887, using emulsion pressure distributer including preparing the surface & cleaning with mechanical broom.
-
-
-
11.7.1) With medium setting bitumen emulsion
-
-
-
11.7.1.1) On W.B.M / W.M.M. @ 0.4kg/sqm
13290
-
-
11.8) Providing and laying Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam using crushed stone aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler, transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equipped with electronic sensor to the required grade, level and alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers as per specifications to achieve
the desired compaction and density, complete as per specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
-
-
-
11.8.1) 50 to 100 mm average compacted thickness with bitumen
of grade VG-30 @ 5% (percentage by weight of total mix) and lime filler @ 2% (percentage by weight of Aggregate) prepared in Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100-120 TPH capacity
665
-
-
11.9) Providing and laying Bituminous concrete using crushed stone aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler, transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equipped with electronic sensor to the required grade, level and alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and
tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction and density as per specification, complete and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
-
-
-
11.9.1) 40/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of grade
VG-30 @ 5.5% (percentage by weight of total mix) and
lime filler @ 3% (percentage by weight of Aggregate)
prepared in Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100-120 TPH
capacity.
399
-
-
11.10) Painting road surface marking with adequate no's of coats to give uniform finish with ready mixed road marking paint conforming to IS : 164, on bituminous surface in white/yellow shade, including cleaning the surface of all dirt, scales, oil, grease and foreign material etc. complete.
-
-
-
11.10.1) New work (Two or more coats)
1004
-
-
11.11) Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :
-
-
-
11.11.1) 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III) : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
213
-
-
11.12) Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge).
274
-
-
11.13) Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade : Two or more coats on kerb stones
1824
-
-
11.14) Dry stone pitching 22.5 cm thick including supply of stones and preparing surface complete.
7988
-
-
12) LANDSCAPING WORKS
-
-
-
12.1) Landscape Works : Softscape
-
-
-
12.1.1) Excavation, Site Dressing and Land Modulation
-
-
-
12.1.1.1) Trenching in ordinary soil up to a depth of 60 cm including removal and stacking of serviceable materials and then disposing of surplus soil, by spreading and neatly levelling within a lead of 50 m and making up the trenched area to proper levels by filling with earth or earth mixed with sludge or / and manure before and after flooding trench with water (excluding cost of imported earth, sludge or manure).
28198
-
-
12.1.2) Site Cleaning & Soil Restoration
-
-
-
12.1.2.1) Uprooting rank vegetation and weeds by digging the area to a depth of 60 cm, removing all weeds and other growth with roots by forking repeatedly, breaking clods, rough dressing, flooding with water, uprooting fresh growths after 10 to 15 days and then fine dressing for planting new grass, including disposal of all rubbish with all leads and lifts.
46996
-
-
12.1.2.2) Removing good quality shrubs and trees and storing them in dry cement bags by utilising the excavated soil. Excavated shrubs and trees shall be stored till further instructions in an area stated as the nursery zone. Watering the same to achieve 100% survival.
1
-
-
12.1.2.3) Existing Topsoil to be excavated for restoration to a depth of 200 mm (not more than 400 mm) and separated from subsoil debris and stones larger than 50 mm diameter to be stockpiled to a height of 400 mm in designated area. Stockpiled topsoil to be protected from erosion during storage by installing earthen berms/solid walls/temporary grass plantation/covering with mulch/ plastic sheets. Stockpiled topsoil to be protected with sand bags/solid walled enclosures (2 feet high) on all sides for containment. Appropriate drainage channels to be dug around the storage area to prevent flooding of the top soil storage area as instructed by engineer in charge.
12170
-
-
12.1.3) Rough Dressing
-
-
-
12.1.3.1) Rough dressing the trenched ground including breaking clods.
51412
-
-
12.1.4) Fine Dressing
-
-
-
12.1.4.1) Fine dressing of the ground.
51412
-
-
12.1.4.2) Preparation of mounds of various size and shape by available excavated / supplied earth in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth, breaking clods, watering of each layer, dressing etc., lead up to 50 meter and lift up to 1.5 m complete as per direction of Officer-in-charge.
10
-
-
12.1.5) Mixing and Spreading of Good Soil and Manure
-
-
-
12.1.5.1) Spreading of sludge, dump manure and/or good earth in required thickness as per direction of officer-in-charge (cost of sludge, dump manure and/ or good earth to be paid separately).
11776
-
-
12.1.5.2) Mixing earth and sludge or manure in the required proportion specified or directed by the Officer-in-charge
11776
-
-
12.1.5.3) Digging holes in ordinary soil and refilling the same with the excavated earth mixed with manure or sludge in the ratio of 2:1 by volume (2 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20% : 1 part of stacked volume of manure after reduction by 8%) flooding with water, dressing including removal of rubbish and surplus earth, if any, with all leads and lifts (cost of manure, sludge or extra good earth if needed to be paid for separately) :
-
-
-
12.1.5.4) Holes 90 cm dia, and 90 cm deep
631
-
-
12.1.5.5) Holes 60 cm dia, and 60 cm deep
840
-
-
12.1.5.6) Holes 45 cm dia, and 45 cm deep.
3330
-
-
12.1.5.7) Excavation for raising Lawn on Soft surface: Excavating the ground to the depth of 30 cm removing excavated material from the site.
9605
-
-
12.1.5.8) Excavation for planting Hedges/ Edges/ Flower Beds on Soft surface: Excavating the ground to the depth of 30 cm removing excavated material from the site.
4375
-
-
12.1.5.9) Excavation for preparing Shrubbery on Soft surface: Excavating the ground for preparing Shrubbery in the earth / murum/ sand for a depth of 0.60 m
390
-
-
12.1.5.10) Filling mixture of earth and sludge or manure in the desired proportion in trenches, flooding with water and levelling (cost of supplying earth and sludge or manure
and mixing excluded).
11776
-
-
12.1.6) Weeding
-
-
-
12.1.6.1) Uprooting weeds from the trenched area after 10 to 15 days of its flooding with water including disposal of uprooted vegetation.
19626
-
-
12.2) Softscape Works and Plantation
-
-
-
12.2.1) Good Garden Soil
-
-
-
Supplying and stacking of good earth at site including royalty and carriage complete (earth measured in stacks will be reduced by 20% for payment).
2800
-
-
12.2.2) Cow Dung Manure
-
-
-
Supplying and stacking of well decayed cow dung manure at site including and carriage complete (Cow dung manure measured in stacks will reduced by 8% for Payment).
1400
-
-
12.2.3) Grassing
-
-
-
12.2.3.1) Grassing with selection No. 1 grass including watering and maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn, free from weeds and fit for mowing including supplying good earth, if needed (the good earth shall be paid for separately).
-
-
-
12.2.3.3) With grass Turf / Carpet Grass
2115
-
-
12.2.3.4) Planting Doob grass, Cynadon dactylon at 50mm c/c
6290
-
-
12.2.3.5) Planting Jumping / Korian / Zoycia grass at 25mm c/c
1200
-
-
12.2.3.6) Planting Cynadon dactylon in Grass Pavers
2675
-
-
12.2.3.7) Providing and planting good quality lawn suckers of Cynodon dactylon with necessary bed preparation over the restored soil beds on site and apply water to the mix for the period of two weeks, sowing the lawn suckers at 75mm c/c in staggered fashion wherever required, rolling the surface to have a uniform level to avoid water stagnancy and then maintaining the same till well established until the site is ready for soil reuse.
16227
-
-
12.2.3.8) Renovating lawns including weeding, cheeling the grass, forking the ground, top dressing with sludge or manure, mixing the same with forked soil, watering and maintaining the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for mowing and disposal of rubbish as directed, including supplying good earth if needed but excluding the cost of sludge or manure (the good earth shall be paid for separately).
12280
-
-
12.2.4) Shrubs, Hedges, Shrubbery and Groundcover Plantation
-
-
-
12.2.4.1) Preparation of beds for hedging and shrubbery by excavating 60 cm deep and trenching the excavated base to a further depth of 30 cm, refilling the excavated earth after breaking clods and mixing with sludge or manure in the ratio of 8:1 (8 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20% : one part of stacked volume of sludge or manure after reduction by 8%), flooding with water, filling with earth if necessary, watering and finally fine dressing, levelling etc. including stacking and disposal of materials declared unserviceable and surplus earth by spreading and levelling as directed, within a lead of 50 m, lift up to 1.5 m complete (cost of sludge, manure or extra earth to be paid for separately).
2859
-
-
12.2.4.2) Planting Shrubs (Labour, transport and unloading) (Excluding cost of plant)
390
-
-
12.2.4.3) Planting Hedges, Shrubbery and Groundcovers (Labour, transport and unloading) (Excluding cost of plant)
4375
-
-
12.2.4.4) Duranta varigated
250
-
-
12.2.4.5) Lantana camara depressa
370
-
-
12.2.4.6) Lantana Yellow
325
-
-
12.2.4.7) Ixora parviflora
140
-
-
12.2.4.8) Wadelia trilobata
3680
-
-
12.2.4.9) Bougainvillea glabra
3330
-
-
12.2.4.10) Nerium oleander dwarf
700
-
-
12.2.4.11) Thevetia nerifolia
140
-
-
12.2.4) Trees Plantation
-
-
-
12.2.4.1) Providing well grown trees with minimum average girth of 5 cm and minimum height of 1.5 M above finished level after plantation of specified variety , at desired location & at specified distances. Achieving finished grade level. Planting the tree with appropriate anchoring, levelling the top soil surface as specified after plantation, staking to balance the tree. Including transport to the site & planting , preparation of tree basin, watering & maintaining for 1 month after completion of plantation and replacement of casualties till 1 month.
-
-
-
12.2.4.2) Planting Tree (Labour, transport and unloading) (Excluding cost of plant)
631
-
-
12.2.4.3) Tree List: (Ht. At time of plantation: 1M-1.5M)
-
-
-
12.2.4.4) Albizia lebbeck
100
-
-
12.2.4.5) Alstonia scholaris
135
-
-
12.2.4.6) Bauhinia acuminata
70
-
-
12.2.4.7) Alangium Salvifolium
20
-
-
12.2.4.8) Bombax Ceiba
30
-
-
12.2.4.9) Mimusops elengi
12
-
-
12.2.4.10) Plumeria alba
40
-
-
12.2.4.11) Terminalia bellerica
45
-
-
12.2.4.12) Terminalia arjuna
40
-
-
12.2.4.13) Roystonea regia
4
-
-
12.2.4.14) Cycas Revoluta
50
-
-
12.2.4.15) Dypsis lutescens
16
-
-
12.2.4.16) Mangifera indica
34
-
-
12.2.4.17) Azadirachta indica
15
-
-
12.2.4.18) Ficus religiosa
20
-
-
12.3) Irrigation System
-
-
-
12.3.1) Manual Irrigation
-
-
-
Providing, Fixing,Testing & Commissioning of Manual pipe irrigation system with all necessary fittings, pumps and related civil works, including all labours, all complete
19626
-
-
12.4) Landscape Works : Hardscape
-
-
-
12.4.1) Leather finish Kota stone slab in various dimensions for outdoor flooring 25 mm thk
-
-
-
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) : 25 mm thick kota stone with Leather finish
450
-
-
12.4.2) Mirror Polished Kota stone slab in various dimensions for outdoor flooring 25 mm thk
-
-
-
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) : 25 mm thick kota stone with mirror finish
135
-
-
12.4.3) Unpolished Kota stone tiles for tile edging between plantation 25 mm thk
-
-
-
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) : 25 mm thick unpolished kota stone
2000
-
-
12.4.4) Mirror Polished Kota stone slab in various dimensions for outdoor Seating 40 mm thk
-
-
-
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) : 40 mm thick kota stone with mirror finish
85
-
-
12.4.5) Cement concrete interlocking pavers with Gravel joint 60mm thk
-
-
-
Providing & Fixing 60 mm thick unishape cement concrete interlocking pavers (monolithic-single layer precast concrete blocks manufactured in gray cement only) in red ( Terra Cotta) Black, Brown or any colour having average crusting strength 40 N/mm² with pigment @ 3% by weight of cement in the footpath, placed on uniformly graded river sand cushioning of average compacted thickness 25 mm properly compacted with mechanical compactor with required level. Filling crushed gravel (gravel dia not bigger than 10mm)in the cavity as per the paver design post complete installation and compaction. complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer.
-
-
-
12.4.5.1) Paver with Ash Grey colour
2550
-
-
12.4.5.2) Paver with Terracotta colour
780
-
-
12.4.5.3) Paver with Brown colour
1524
-
-
12.4.6) Pre-cast cement concrete Grass pavers 60mm thk
-
-
-
Providing and fixing at ground levels, pre cast cement concrete grass pavers as per drawing with M30 grade concrete (Min cement content 380 kg/cum) including providing, laying and fixing HYSD reinforcement of dia. 8 mm and spacing max 200 mm and setting in position over 50 mm thick sand layer etc complete as directed by Engineer.
5350
-
-
13) BOREWELL WORKS
-
-
-
13.1) HYDROLOGICAL INVESTIGATION
-
-
-
13.1.1) Preparation and submission of Detailed Hydrological Investigation Report including visiting the site, Identification of probable bore locations by approved scientific and or traditional methods (Bidder to submit the method followed for approval), describing the depth of aquifer and its yield, locating the bore hole location on Plot plan, giving recommendations and conclusions regarding borehole drilling locations, specifying limitations etc complete. The reports must be generated by a qualified and experienced Hydrologist. The report is to be submitted in the form of hard copies in three sets along with soft copy.
Approx. area of Plot : 15 Acres
No. of locations expected : 10 Nos.
1
-
-
13.2) MOBILIZATION FOR BOREWELL
-
-
-
13.2.1) Mobilisation of drilling rigs to the locations at site including mobilisation of all Drilling Equipment's, labour, personnel, other necessary accessories, required for satisfactory completion of the assignment, erection and alignment of equipment ready for drilling, all lead and lift, demobilisation from site after completion of the entire job etc. complete, as directed by Engineer In-charge.
Note: Bore hole locations on work site can be more than one but the amount towards mobilisation and demobilisation shall be payable only once.
1
-
-
13.3) FIELD WORKS FOR BORE WELL
-
-
-
13.3.1) Drilling of bore well by machine suitable for casing pipe diameter listed below, in all kind of soil, sand, clay murrum, soft rock, hard rock and hard murrum, boulders etc. complete truly vertical with equipment's and labours including collecting soil and water samples in accordance with the testing requirements and packing them in polythene bags and sending samples to the laboratory for testing, loging of data on core log etc. complete as directed by Engineer In-charge.
-
-
-
13.3.1.1) Suitable for pipe 150 mm nominal dia.
450
-
-
13.3.2) Developing, cleaning & giving yield test for the bore well by required size of compressor & pump running for 12 hrs or till no sand comes off with the pumped water with necessary pipes lowering & removing pipes in well etc., with all equipment required to carry out the test etc. complete as directed by Engineer In-charge.
5
-
-
13.3.3) Providing & fixing approved quality top cap for dia. of borewell listed below including Pipe clamps, socket & other accessories required for completing the job etc complete as directed by Engineer In-Charge.
Make - Supreme or Approved Equivalent
-
-
-
13.3.3.1) Suitable for pipe 150 mm nominal dia.
5
-
-
13.3.4) Providing and installing vertically PVC-U pipes conforming to IS 12818-2010 as casing pipe and for the bore dia listed below as per specification including supplying graded gravel of suitable size and packing from bottom, including jointing etc. complete as directed by Engineer In-charge
Pipe Make - Supreme or Approved Equivalent
-
-
-
13.3.4.1) 150 mm nominal dia. CS type PVC-U casing pipe
400
-
-
13.3.5) Providing and installing vertically PVC-U strainer pipe conforming to IS 12818-2010 with slots / perforations for the bore dia listed below as per specification including supplying graded gravel of suitable size and packing the same from bottom including jointing the pipe etc. complete as directed by Engineer In-charge.
Make - Supreme or Approved Equivalent
-
-
-
13.3.5.1) 150 mm nominal dia. RMS type PVC-U pipe strainer pipe
50
-
-
13.3.6) Supplying, laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of approved make 50mm dia., PN 16, HDPE water supply pipe manufactured as per IS-4984 in PE-80 grade. Jointing shall be compression joint/flange joint. Pipe jointing shall be as per manufacturer's instructions. The quoted rate shall also include necessary fittings (Tee, Bends etc) of same quality as pipe material complete as specified in the technical specifications, drawing and instruction of Engineer - in -Charge.
500
-
-
13.3.7) Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of approved ISI submersible pump for following capacity and required delivery head in bore well 61/2" dia including ISI approved MEI type oil immersed auto transformer starter, flat, flexible copper cable of required length etc complete as directed by Engineer In-Charge.
-
-
-
13.3.7.1) 15 HP,capacity minimum 250 LPM approx., minimum head 135m
5
-
-
13.3.8) Providing and fixing approved quality control panel board metal box I.S.I. with a main fuse connection ampere meter, volt meter 30 Amp. 1 phase switch single phase preventer cum water level guard and male and female type socket 1 phase indicator lamps and toggle switch etc. including all wiring/earthing completed as directed by Engineer In-Charge.
5
-
-
13.4) LABORATORY TESTS FOR SOIL / WATER SAMPLES
-
-
-
Note: Locations and number of test shall be decided in consultation with the ENGINEER
-
-
-
13.4.1) Conducting the following tests on soil / water samples, collected from overburden soil in the bore holes specified, at every change of strata.
-
-
-
13.4.1.1) Chemical analysis of soil, in accordance with specifications
10
-
-
13.4.1.2) Chemical analysis of Water, in accordance with specifications
5
-
-
14.0) CRANE
-
-
-
14.1) Design, preparation of detailed drawings, supply of material, manufacture, testing, inspection at vendor's works, packing, forwarding, transportation, transit insurance, delivery at site, unloading, safe storage and handling at site, erection/installation, testing, commissioning at site and carrying out performance/acceptance tests for the following
-
-
-
14.1.1) EOT CRANE
-
-
-
14.1.1.1) EOT Crane, Capacity - 10 Tons along with LT Rails, VFDs, Bus bar conductors, associated power supply arrangement, accessories & as per details mentioned in Datasheets
1
-
-
14.1.2) JIB CRANES
-
-
-
14.1.2.1) Jib Crane, Capacity - 2 Tons along with VFDs, associated power supply arrangement, accessories & as per details mentioned in Datasheets
1
-
-
14.1.2.2) Jib Crane, Capacity - 1 Ton along with VFDs, associated power supply arrangement, accessories & as per details mentioned in Datasheets
1
-
-
14.1.3) CHAIN PULLEY BLOCK
-
-
-
14.1.3.1) Trolley mounted Chain Pulley block, Capacity: 1 Ton as per details mentioned in Datasheet
1
-
-
15.0) ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY (ESHS)
-
-
-
15.1) Payment towards Complying ESHS requirements as per the ESHS Plan attached in tender specification, including conducting various trainings, conducting tests, maintaining permits etc complete. Notes: 1) The Contractor shall submit the ESHS compliance report periodically as specified in bidding document and shall get it certified from project manager. Post certification, requisite towards ESHS compliance shall be released.
2) In case of any noncompliance of the ESHS requirement, the said amount shall not be paid for corresponding month .
3) This amount shall not be paid for any delayed duration while completing the milestones, when the delays are attributable to Contractor.
18
-
-
Evaluation Notes How It Works ?
Potential Partner
Select Your Requirements